[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 49 (Monday, March 14, 2011)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 13704-13767]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-5273]



[[Page 13703]]

Vol. 76

Monday,

No. 49

March 14, 2011

Part II





Postal Service





-----------------------------------------------------------------------



39 CFR Part 111



New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 49 / Monday, March 14, 2011 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 13704]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

POSTAL SERVICE

39 CFR Part 111


New Origin Entry Separation & Containerization Standards

AGENCY: Postal Service <SUP>TM</SUP>.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Postal Service is proposing to revise Mailing Standards of 
the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM[reg]) to 
change the preparation requirements for mail entered at origin, either 
as an entire mailing or as the residual volume for plant verified drop 
shipment (PVDS) mailings.

DATES: We must receive your comments on or before April 13, 2011.

ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Mailing 
Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446, 
Washington DC 20260-5015. You may inspect and photocopy all written 
comments at USPS[reg] Headquarters Library, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., 
11th Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through 
Friday. E-mail comments concerning the proposed rule, containing the 
name and address of the commenter, may be sent to: 
<a href="/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection#c78aa6aeabaea9a094b3a6a9a3a6b5a3b487b2b4b7b4e9a0a8b1"><span class="__cf_email__" data-cfemail="b5f8d4dcd9dcdbd2e6c1d4dbd1d4c7d1c6f5c0c6c5c69bd2dac3">[email protected]</span></a>, with a subject line of ``New Origin Entry 
Standards.'' Faxed comments are not accepted.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Karen McManus at 202-268-4005 or Kevin 
Gunther at 202-268-7208.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On December 20, 2006, the Postal 
Accountability Enhancement Act was signed into law. A provision of the 
law required the Postal Service to establish modern service standards, 
measure service performance against these standards and publish the 
results. In recognition of this goal, the Postal Service consulted with 
the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) and worked closely with mailer 
groups and other mailing industry representatives to develop standards 
and measurement processes. During these discussions, various strategies 
and suggestions were offered to help improve service provided to 
commercial mailings entered at origin. Modern service standards 
resulting from these consultations were announced 12 months after the 
bill was signed into law and are expected to improve efficiency and 
service and to coordinate the preparation and entry of mail with 
changes in the USPS distribution network. For more information see 
Federal Register final rule, Modern Service Standards for Market 
Dominant Products, published December 19, 2007 (72 FR 72216-72231).
    In May 2009, the Postal Service began transforming its distribution 
network by converting Bulk Mail Centers into Network Distribution 
Centers. The realignment permitted the consolidation of transportation 
and created new work flows to facilitate movement of mail through the 
network. The redesign of the network necessitates some adjustments to 
internal USPS work methods as well as modifications to the preparation 
of origin-entered commercial mail to align with the new transportation 
flows and work processes. The proper preparation of origin-entered 
mailings will allow the Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary 
processing at the local plant and will facilitate the transportation of 
these mailings within its network. Working with various segments of the 
mailing industry, the Postal Service has developed and is proposing new 
preparation standards that align with the revised network and a 
corresponding communications program to relate these changes to the 
mailing industry. The following proposal is the result of these 
efforts.

Separation of Residual Mail Entered at Origin

    This proposed rule applies to origin-entered commercial mail only, 
and may apply to entire mailings or to the residual portion of a plant 
verified PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to a destination. Existing 
presort requirements for mailings and the number of pieces required per 
presort level will remain the same. Except as defined below, all 
handling unit separations currently required will also remain 
unchanged. For the purpose of this proposal, a handling unit is defined 
as the mail transport equipment used to carry an aggregate of 
mailpieces sorted to a specific price level for a presort destination, 
and would include letter trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles and 
packages. A container is defined as the equipment used to transport 
handling units, and would include pallets, all purpose containers (APC) 
and hampers. In certain circumstances involving low volume mailings, or 
mail that can not be palletized, containers may also include flat 
trays.
    Under this proposal, after all required handling units and 
containers have been prepared, mailers must separate the remaining mail 
(or residue from a PVDS mailing) as follows:
    Standard Mail and Package Services:
    Origin Network Distribution Center: Required for letters, flats and 
parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to 
containerizing the mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the 
service area of the origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) from the 
rest of the mailing. Use column A of Labeling List L601 (L604 for 
Standard Mail letters and flats) to determine the ZIP Codes in the 
service area of the NDC. Handling units must be placed in containers. 
Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column B ``Label to'' 
information in L601 (column C ``Label to'' information in L604 for 
Standard Mail letters and flats). There is no minimum load threshold 
for this separation.
    Tier Two Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels. For 
bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the 
mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container, or when 
applicable, separate as follows. Prepare container (pallet) placards 
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 (L603 for parcels). 
When the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco, 
use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining 
mail into two directionally-based containers which will route residue 
mail either east or west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis) or north 
or south (San Francisco) as needed from origin. Prepare container 
placards using the column C ``Label to'' information in L604 or L603. 
There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.

Periodicals

    Local Surface Transport: Required for letters, flats and parcels. 
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to palletizing the 
mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the surface 
transportation network area of the origin entry site from the rest of 
the mailing. Use column B of Labeling List L201 to determine the ZIP 
Codes in the surface transportation area of the origin site. Handling 
units must be placed in containers. Prepare container (pallet) placards 
using the column C ``Label to'' information in L201. There is no 
minimum load threshold for this separation.
    Extended Surface Network: Required for letters, flats and parcels. 
For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing 
the mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container. Use 
column A of Labeling List L009 to determine the location for 
Periodicals piece processing based on the origin entry point. Prepare 
container (pallet) placards using the column B

[[Page 13705]]

``Label to'' information in L009. There is no minimum load threshold 
for this separation.

Palletization Required When Possible

    Current standards for containerization of nonpalletized mailings 
are determined by mailpiece shape. Letters are placed in trays, flats 
are bundled and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs) or placed loose in 
flat trays and parcels are bedloaded or placed in sacks.
    Under these proposed standards, trays, bundles or parcels that 
cannot be prepared on a direct pallet must be placed on the appropriate 
pallet for the Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport, Tier Two Network or 
Extended Surface Network, when the volume reaches one hundred and fifty 
(150) pounds or 36 linear feet of trays for each pallet. Mailers may 
optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear feet of 
trays, for these separations. Mailers choosing not to make pallets 
weighing less than 150 pounds, or who are unable to palletize, must 
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers in 
accordance with applicable preparation standards.
    The Postal Service does not currently provide a container price 
applicable to Periodicals bundles placed directly on mixed ADC pallets 
or equivalent containers. The Postal Service is currently considering 
this matter and expects to introduce a price for mixed ADC containers 
as a separate initiative prior to the implementation of the final 
standards.
    These new proposed requirements will apply to all origin or 
destination entered mailings. For mailers who are unable to palletize 
flats or parcels, the Postal Service proposes to require the use of 
flat trays (tubs) or approved alternate containers when performing the 
separations described in this proposed rule or under current DMM 
standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or alternate containers will 
afford mailers more flexibility in how mail is presented at origin or 
destination entry points. Alternatives to the use of flat trays may be 
approved by the local plant manager or designee.
    Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to a 3-digit ZIP Code or 
less finely, who do not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in lieu of 
sacking. Flat trays must also be used for all presort levels (except 5-
digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route separations of parcels) being 
deposited at origin or destination entry points. Lids will not be 
required on origin entry 3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2 network, 
local surface transport and extended surface network flat trays only. 
These proposed preparation standards will provide for a reduction of 
sack handling and the expedited processing of individual pieces, and 
will result in increased efficiencies and improved service.

Optional Requirement--Origin SCF Separation

    For the purpose of this proposed rule, separation means the 
creation of an additional container of residual mailpieces, after all 
other required separations have been made, for the origin sectional 
center facility (SCF) or for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the 
origin SCF. Current standards require mailers of commercial First-Class 
Mail[supreg] and Periodicals letters and flats to separately prepare 
trays or bundles for mailpieces destinating within the SCF servicing 
the facility where the mail is verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin 
3-digit) separations are optional for other mail classes and shapes. 
The Postal Service proposes to extend the option for mailers to make 
such origin SCF separations for all classes and shapes of mailpieces.
    In this proposal segregation means physical removal of the 
separated containers from the remainder of the mailing and separately 
placing them into transport units, placing them in a conspicuous 
location on top of the origin SCF pallet, or otherwise presenting them 
separately to USPS acceptance personnel. In order to improve the 
identification and processing of these mailpieces, the Postal Service 
is proposing to require mailers of all commercial mail (letters, flats 
and parcels) to segregate origin SCF separations (and finer sortation 
levels) containers, bundles or parcels from the remainder of the 
mailing. This requirement will apply to all required separations and to 
all optional separations (whenever the mailer chooses to make that 
separation). This new requirement should improve service by preventing 
mailpieces for the processing plant's service area from being 
transported to another processing facility prior to delivery.

Other Proposed Mail Preparation Changes

    There are no current mail preparation standards pertaining to 
barcoded tray labels for Library Mail and Media Mail. This proposed 
rule will establish such standards. We have eliminated standards for 
the use of 1-inch sack labels for all types of mail. These labels are 
no longer supported by USPS Engineering, their use in the field should 
be limited, and equipment compatible with the use of 2-inch labels is 
widely available. We are also proposing to revise language in DMM 
705.10.1 to align with other standards that specify that nonmachinable 
flat-size Periodicals prepared under 707.26 cannot be merged with 
machinable flats. We also are eliminating the option for mailers to 
place mixed ADC or mixed AADC bundles, sacks or trays on auxiliary 
service facility (ASF) or NDC pallets. Changes in processing at these 
facilities no longer make this option practical.
    Although the Postal Service is exempt from the notice and comment 
requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b), 
(c)) regarding proposed rulemaking by operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we 
invite public comments on the following proposed revisions to Mailing 
Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual 
(DMM), incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations. 
See 39 CFR 111.1.

List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111

    Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.

    Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is proposed to be amended as follows:

PART 111--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority:  5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-
1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 
3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.

    2. Revise the following sections of Mailing Standards of the United 
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), as follows:
* * * * *

200 Commercial Mail Letters and Cards

* * * * *

230 First-Class Mail

* * * * *

235 Mail Preparation

* * * * *

3.0 Letter Trays

* * * * *

3.3 Letter Tray Preparation

    Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
    c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the 
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to 
the next higher

[[Page 13706]]

presort level at which there is a minimum quantity (e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
    [Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3--Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters

* * * * *

5.2 Machinable Preparation

* * * * *

5.2.2 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.2 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
    [Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
    a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme (required); separate trays required 
for each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within the origin/entry SCF; no 
minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray permitted for each 
3-digit/scheme; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L002, Column B.
    2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MACH.''
* * * * *

5.3 Nonmachinable Preparation

* * * * *

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Resequence current items 5.3.2b through d as the new c through e, 
and add a new item b as follows:]
    b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no minimum piece requirement; 
one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
    2. Line 2: ``FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.''
    [Revise the opening sentence only of resequenced 5.3.2c as 
follows:]
    c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *

6.0 Preparing Automation Letters

* * * * *

6.6 Tray Preparation

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
    Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers may place 
fewer than 150 overflow pieces in the next tray level when a tray of 
150 or more pieces can be made. Mailers must segregate trays destined 
within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these 
trays on standardized documentation (see 708.1.2). Pieces placed in the 
next tray level must be grouped by destination and placed in the front 
or back of that tray. Mailers may use this option selectively for 3-
digit and AADC ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:
    [Revise item 6.6a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional, but required for 5-digit 
price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; when making these 
separations.
    1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use destination shown in the current 
USPS City State Product.
    2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code 
destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).
    [Resequence current items 6.6b through d as the new c through e, 
and add a new item b as follows:]
    b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; separate trays required for each 
origin 3-digit/scheme, no minimum; one less-than-full tray allowed for 
each 3-digit/scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
    [Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:]
    c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *

6.8 Presentation

    [Revise 6.8 as follows:]
    Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together when presenting 
mailings for USPS verification. Mixed AADC trays must either be 
adjacent to one another, and must be placed as the top layer(s) on any 
container; or may be placed immediately below origin/entry 5-digit or 
3-digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 236.1.5. Containerization 
instructions for First-Class Mail letters and cards may be established 
by local USPS managers.

236 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Deposit

* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Segregation of Trays for the Origin/Entry SCF

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations 
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office 
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where 
mail is entered. For all such separations mailpieces must be trayed in 
accordance with 235.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing 
by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the 
trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other 
container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

240 Standard Mail

* * * * *

245 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 to reference required palletization as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have at least 72 
linear feet of trays to a presort destination. If a mailer is unable to 
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in approved alternate 
containers.
* * * * *

3.0 Letter Trays

* * * * *

3.3 Letter Tray Preparation

    Letter trays are prepared as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as follows:]
    c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the 
origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to 
the next higher presort level at which there is a minimum quantity 
(e.g., 150 pieces).
* * * * *
    [Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Tray, in its entirety.]
* * * * *

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Letters

* * * * *

5.3 Machinable Preparation

* * * * *

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 by adding a new second 
sentence as follows:]
    * * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry 
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *

5.4 Nonmachinable Preparation

* * * * *

5.4.2 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 5.4.2 as follows:]

[[Page 13707]]

    Overflow trays are not allowed. Mailers must segregate trays 
destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Preparation 
sequence, tray size, and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Resequence current items 5.4.2b through d as the new c through e 
and add new item b as follows:]
    b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional); separate trays required for 
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; when making these 
separations; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
    2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
    [Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as follows:]
    c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
    2. Line 2: ``STD LTR 3D MANUAL.''
* * * * *

6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Letters

* * * * *

6.6 General Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
    For all mailings containing any ECR letters over 3 ounces and all 
mailings of nonautomation ECR letters, prepare trays as explained 
below. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry 
SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare letters with simplified addresses in 
separate trays from pieces with other forms of addressing. For ECR 
barcoded automation-compatible letters that weigh up to 3 ounces, 
prepare trays under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:
    [Revise the opening paragraphs only of items 6.6a through c as 
follows:]
    a. Carrier route: Required; full trays only, no overflow.
* * * * *
    b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if full tray, optional with 
minimum one 10-piece bundle.
* * * * *
    c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with minimum one 10-piece 
bundle for each of two or more 5-digit areas.
* * * * *

6.7 Traying and Labeling for Automation-Compatible ECR Letters

    [Add a new seventh sentence to the introductory paragraph of 6.7 as 
follows:]
    * * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry 
SCF under 246.1.3. * * *
* * * * *

7.0 Preparing Automation Letters

* * * * *

7.5 Tray Preparation

    [Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as follows:]
    Instead of preparing overflow trays with fewer than 150 pieces, 
mailers may include these pieces in an existing qualified tray of at 
least 150 or more pieces at the next tray level. (For example, 30 
overflow 5-digit pieces for 20260 may be added to a qualified 3-digit 
tray (prefix 202) and the overflow 5-digit pieces will qualify for the 
5-digit price.) Pieces that are placed in the next tray level must be 
grouped by destination and placed in the front or back of that tray. 
This option does not apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays. When 
making 5-digit/scheme and origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers must 
segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 
246.1.3 Preparation sequence, tray size, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *
    [Resequence current items 7.5b through d as the new c through e, 
and add new item b as follows:]
    b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional; separate trays required for 
each origin 3-digit/scheme; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use L002, 
Column B.
    [Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:]
    c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-
piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.
* * * * *

7.7 Presentation

    [Revise 7.7 as follows:]
    Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together for USPS 
verification, placed as the top layer(s) on any given container, or 
immediately below origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3-
digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 246.1.3.
* * * * *

246 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Presenting a Mailing

* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.3 as follows:]

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations 
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office 
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where 
mail is entered. For all origin/entry separations made, mailpieces must 
be trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated from the remainder of the 
mailing by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; 
place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet 
or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

300 Commercial Flats

* * * * *

330 First-Class Mail

* * * * *

335 Mail Preparation

* * * * *

3.0 Flat Trays

* * * * *
    [Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]
* * * * *

5.0 Preparation of Nonautomation Flats

* * * * *

5.5 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.5 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Resequence current items 5.5 b through d as the new c through e, 
and add a new item b as follows:
    b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required); separate trays required for 
each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-
than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must segregate 
trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L002, Column A.
    2. Line 2: ``FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.''
    [Revise the opening paragraph of resequenced 5.5c as follows:]
    c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:
* * * * *

6.0 Preparation of Automation Flats

* * * * *

6.5 First-Class Mail Required Bundle-Based Preparation

* * * * *

6.5.2 Traying and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.5.2 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under

[[Page 13708]]

336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *

6.6 First-Class Mail Optional Tray-Based Preparation

    [Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *

336 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Deposit

* * * * *
    [Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations 
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office 
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where 
mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or 
placed in alternate containers under 335.0 and segregated from the 
remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: separately 
containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on 
top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately 
to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

340 Standard Mail

343 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail 
Flats

* * * * *

5.3 5-Digit Prices for Flats

    The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
    [Revise 5.3a as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more 
pieces, as applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme flat tray or approved 
alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of 
pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 
pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays 
are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.3c as follows:]
    c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, 
as applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/scheme or 5-digit flat tray 
or approved alternate container under 705.10.0.

5.4 3-Digit Prices for Flats

    The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
    [Revise 5.4a as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more 
pieces, as applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more 
pieces; placed in a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate container 
of at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met 
by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more 
than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
* * * * *

5.5 ADC Prices for Flats

    ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces:
    [Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, or ADC bundle of 10 or more 
pieces placed in an ADC flat tray or approved alternate container of at 
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by 
placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than 
one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.
    b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat tray or approved alternate 
container.
* * * * *

5.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats

    [Revise 5.6 as follows:]
    Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not 
qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices.
* * * * *

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route 
Standard Mail Flats

* * * * *

6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.3.2 Basic Price Eligibility

    Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or 
more pieces that is:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 6.3.2b through d as follows:]
    b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate 
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. 
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 
according to 345.1.4e.
    c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier 
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.
    d. Entered at a destination delivery unit as untrayed or 
uncontainerized bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0.
* * * * *

6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.4.2 High Density Prices for Flats

    High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle 
of 10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:]
    b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate 
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. 
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 
according to 345.1.4e.
    c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier 
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved 
alternate container.
* * * * *

6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.5.2 Saturation Prices for Flats

    Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 
10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:]
    b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate 
container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. 
Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per 
destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, 
according to 345.1.4e.
    c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier 
routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved 
alternate container.
* * * * *

345 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as follows:]
    c. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or approved alternate 
containers) for

[[Page 13709]]

flats meeting the automation standards in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP 
Code on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code areas in as a single 
scheme, as shown in L007.
    d. 5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or approved 
alternate containers) for Standard Mail flats: The delivery ZIP Code on 
all pieces in carrier route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes 
processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L001.
    e. Merged 5-digit trays: The carrier route bundles and 5-digit 
bundles, in a flat tray or approved alternate container, are all for a 
5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier 
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
    f. Merged 5-digit pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and 
noncarrier route 5-digit bundles.
    g. Merged 5-digit scheme trays: The 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in 
carrier route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or approved 
alternate container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a 
single scheme as shown in L001, and the 5-digit bundles also are for 5-
digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier 
Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
    h. Merged 5-digit scheme pallet: Contains carrier route bundles and 
noncarrier route bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a 
single scheme under L001.
* * * * *
    [Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as follows:]
    k. * * * These separations are optional, but mailers making these 
separations must segregate trays for each 3-digit area under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3m as follows:]
    m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or 
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF) 
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. 
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of 
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate 
trays, approved alternate containers or pallets from the remainder of 
the mailing under 346.1.3.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3q as follows:]
    q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers: Contain mail 
remaining after completion of a presort sequence. Residual mail lacks 
the volume for preparation to a particular destination.

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Delete current items 1.4e through t in their entirety and replace 
with new e through u as follows:]
    e. A full flat tray is one that is physically full. Although a 
specific minimum volume of at least one stack of mail lying flat on the 
bottom of the tray and filling the tray to the bottom of the handholds 
is required for a tray prepared to a presort destination, trays must be 
filled with additional available pieces (up to the reasonable capacity 
of the tray) when standards require full trays.
    f. A less-than-full flat tray is one that contains flats for the 
same destination regardless of quantity or whether a full tray was also 
prepared for that destination.
    g. An approved alternate container is a container authorized by the 
USPS instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and 
transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate 
containers could include sacks, other USPS mail transport equipment, or 
mailer-supplied containers.
    h. A 5-digit scheme sort for flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0 
is defined in 1.3c. When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers 
must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles, flat trays or 
approved alternate containers, then prepare all possible 5-digit 
bundles, flat trays or alternate containers. Label bundles using an 
optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a red ``5 SCH'' 
bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers using the OEL 
``label to'' 5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column B.
    i. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is defined in 1.3d. Flat 
trays, alternate containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit scheme 
carrier routes destination that contain bundles for only one of the 5-
digit areas are considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier 
routes. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or pallets 
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
    j. A merged 5-digit sort is an optional sort for Standard Mail 
flats in flat trays or alternate containers and is defined in 1.3e. If 
preparation of merged 5-digit trays is performed, it must be done for 
all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in 
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
    k. The merged 5-digit sort is optional for bundles of Standard Mail 
flats prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is defined in 1.3f. Pallets 
labeled to a merged 5-digit destination that contain only a single 
price level of bundle(s) are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted.
    l. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Standard Mail flats prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers under 705.10.0 is defined 
in 1.3g. Trays or alternate containers labeled to a merged 5-digit 
scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s) 
or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 
to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted.
    m. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for bundles of Standard Mail flats 
on pallets under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in 
1.3h. Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit scheme destination that 
contain only a single price level of bundle(s) or bundles for only one 
of the 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted. If 
preparation of merged 5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it must be 
done for all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.
    n. A 3-digit scheme sort for bundles of flats meeting the standards 
in 301.3.0 is defined in 1.3j. When standards require 3-digit/scheme 
sort for flats, mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit scheme 
bundles of flats, then prepare all possible 3-digit bundles. Label 
bundles using an optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with 
a green ``3SCH'' bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers 
using the OEL ``label to'' 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008 column B.
    o. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray contains all 
mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit 
scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is 
verified. A separate tray may be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 
3-digit scheme) area.
    p. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    q. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
    r. Entry [facility] (or origin [facility]) refers to the USPS mail 
processing facility (e.g., ``entry NDC'') that serves the Post Office 
at which the mail is entered by the mailer. If the Post Office where 
the mail is entered is not the one

[[Page 13710]]

serving the mailer's location (e.g., for plant-verified drop shipment), 
the Post Office of entry determines the entry facility. Entry SCF 
includes both single-3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry NDC includes 
subordinate ASFs unless otherwise specified.
    s. A bundle is a group of addressed pieces secured together as a 
unit. Bundle preparation is described in 2.0.
    t. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of 
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level but which might 
not be contained in a single bundle or in a single flat tray, approved 
alternate container or pallet due to preparation requirements or the 
size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces 
for ZIP Code 43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit bundle, and the pieces 
are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.
    u. Cobundling is an alternate preparation method available under 
705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows the combining of flat-size 
automation price and Presorted price pieces within the same bundle 
under the single minimum bundle size requirement. Regardless of the 
class of mail, pieces may not be combined in more than one physical 
bundle for each logical presort destination unless presented using an 
approved manifest mailing system under 705.2.0.
    [Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to 
palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers.
* * * * *

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.2 Address Visibility

    * * * This standard does not apply to the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:]
    b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat 
trays, alternate containers or pallets.
    c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s) flat trays or alternate 
containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 2.6 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

2.6 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers

    In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare bundles 
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise title and introductory sentence only of 2.7 as follows:]

2.7 Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities

    Mailers may enter untrayed, nonpalletized bundles of flat-size 
pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all the following 
conditions are met:
* * * * *

2.9 Pieces With Simplified Address

    [Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]
    * * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 
705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and other limits in 2.6 if placed in 
trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

3.1 Standard Containers

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as 
follows:]
    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers except as permitted in 
letter trays under 3.4 and under other standards in this section. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray 
label.
    b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content 
must not exceed 70 pounds.
* * * * *

3.4 Preparing Flats in Letter Trays

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.4f as follows:]
    Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter trays 
instead of flat trays only if the following standards are met:
* * * * *
    [Revise 3.4f as follows:]
    f. All pieces in the mailing must be placed in letter trays on 
pallets, separated by presort destination when the required minimum 
pallet load in 705.8.5.3 cannot be met.
* * * * *
    [Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its entirety.]
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Labels for flat trays or approved alternate containers for 
automation mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
    b. Only legible labels, including hand written labels, are 
acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure 
legibility.
    c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are subject to the standards in 
708.6.5 and to the specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
* * * * *
    [Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety, and renumber current 
items 4.8 and 4.9 as the new 4.7 and 4.8.]
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of renumbered 4.8 and text of the introductory 
sentence only as follows:]

4.8 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels

    Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray labels. 
Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e as follows:]
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and 
alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service 
Intelligent Mail automation option.

Exhibit 4.9 Required Barcoded Container Labels

    [Revise the ``price or type'' description in the second row of 
Exhibit 4.9 to replace the word ``cosacked'' with ``cotrayed'' under 
Standard Mail as follows:]
PRICE OR TYPE
Standard Mail
* * * * *
Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0 Through 705.13.0
* * * * *

5.0 Preparing Nonautomation Flats

5.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *

[[Page 13711]]

    b. All pieces must meet the applicable general preparation 
standards in 1.0 through 4.0 and the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.1b2 as follows:]
    2. All pieces must be in the flat-size processing category and must 
be bundled and placed on pallets, or bundled and placed in flat trays 
or approved alternate containers. Certain flat-size pieces may be 
prepared in letter trays under 3.0.
* * * * *

5.2 Required Bundling

    [Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]
    Bundling is required before placing flats on pallets, in flat trays 
or alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
    [Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in its entirety and renumber 
current items 5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through 5.8:]
    [Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]

5.4 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]
    If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or except as provided in 5.5, 
a tray or alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of 
mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 
pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must apply either one of 
these methods:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.4b2 as follows:]
    2. The actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or container 
is used, if documentation shows the number of pieces and the total 
weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and introductory sentence of renumbered 5.6 as 
follows;]

5.6 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e 
through g as follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC NON BC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC WKG.''
* * * * *
    [Resequence numbered items 5.7 and 5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and 
add a new 5.7 as follows:]

5.7 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable 
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles 
in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in items a 
through c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified 
in 5.7d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in d 
instead of c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these 
separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 346.1.3; 
labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D NON BC
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NON BC.''

5.8 Cotraying and Cobundling Flats With Automation Mail

    The following standards apply:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 5.8b through d as follows:]
    b. If the mailing job contains an automation mailing and a 
nonautomation mailing, it must be prepared under the cotraying 
standards in 705.9.0.
    c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a 
nonautomation mailing, it must be separately trayed under 5.0 and 6.0 
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
    d. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and an 
automation mailing, then it must be separately trayed under 6.0 and 7.0 
or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.
* * * * *

5.9 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and 
Nonautomation Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as follows:]
    Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit 
bundles prepared under 5.0 are combined in trays or approved alternate 
containers with carrier route bundles and automation 5-digit bundles in 
merged 5-digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *

6.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Flats

6.1 Basic Standards

    All mailings and all pieces in each mailing at Enhanced Carrier 
Route Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail 
nonautomation prices are subject to specific preparation standards in 
6.2 through 6.7 and to these general standards:
* * * * *
    c. All pieces must meet the standards in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302, 
and the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.1c2 as follows:]
    2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled and placed on pallets under 
705.8.0, or if unable to palletize placed into flat trays or alternate 
containers or, if applicable, in letter trays under 3.4. When entering 
flat-size pieces at DDUs,

[[Page 13712]]

mailers may prepare untrayed, nonpalletized bundles under 2.7.
* * * * *

6.3 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation

    Prepare carrier route bundles of flat-size mail as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.3c as follows:]
    c. Label carrier route bundles based on the following tray levels:
    1. Carrier route tray: No bundle labeling is required.
    2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes tray: Bundles must have 
a facing slip unless the pieces in the bundle have a carrier 
information line or an optional endorsement line (OEL).
    [Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:]

6.4 Bundles and Trays With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces 
Required

    As a general exception to 6.2 through 6.7, a mailer may prepare a 
bundle or tray with fewer than the minimum number of pieces required 
for a carrier route when pieces meet the saturation standards.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as 
follows:]

6.6 Required Tray Minimums

    When traying or containerization is required, mailers must prepare 
a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a 
required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of 
pieces, whichever occurs first. The following conditions apply:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.6b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or tray the pieces according to the actual piece count or mail weight 
for each tray, if documentation shows the number and total weight in 
each tray.
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.6d as follows:]
    d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of 
pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when pieces meet the 
saturation standards.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and introductory paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:]

6.7 Tray Preparation

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *

6.8 Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and Presorted 
Price Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as follows:]
    Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles 
are combined in trays or approved alternate containers with 5-digit 
bundles (both presorted and automation) in merged 5-digit scheme trays 
and merged 5-digit trays. * * *
* * * * *

7.0 Preparing Automation Flats

7.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as follows:]
    * * * Trays must bear the appropriate barcoded container labels 
under 4.9.
* * * * *

7.4 Standard Mail Bundle Preparation

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:]

7.4.2 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.4.2 as follows:]
    If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a tray or approved alternate 
container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required 
presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, 
whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 7.4.2b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, if 
documentation shows the number and total weight of pieces in each tray.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3 
as follows:]

7.4.3 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise the opening paragraph only of 7.4.3 a and c as follows:]
* * * * *
    [Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety and add new items e through 
g as follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC BC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
* * * * *
    [Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7 as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add 
a new 7.6 as follows:]

7.6 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum 
volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable 
to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles 
in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 7.6a through 7.6c. 
Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d 
must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 7.6d instead of 
c. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making this 
separation, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS 3D BC.
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC); (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:

[[Page 13713]]

    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC WKG.''

7.7 Merged Containerization With Presorted and Carrier Route Flats

    [Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:]
    When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-
digit bundles and carrier route bundles that are part of the same 
mailing job and mail class may be combined on merged 5-digit scheme 
trays or pallets and merged 5-digit trays or pallets. Automation flats 
may be cobundled with nonautomation flats under 705.11.0.

7.8 Exception--Automation and Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets

    [Revise the third and fifth sentences of renumbered 7.8 as 
follows:]
    * * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely in trays and claiming this 
exception must be cobundled under 705.11.0. * * * The nonautomation 
pieces that cannot be placed on NDC or finer level pallets may be 
prepared in flat trays and paid at nonautomation flat-size prices. * * 
*
* * * * *

346 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Presenting a Mailing

* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.3 as follows:]

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit 
(scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service 
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or 
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such 
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative 
containers under 345.0 and segregated from the remainder of the 
mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these 
methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

3.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry

* * * * *

3.2 Eligibility

    [Revise 3.2 as follows:]
    Pieces in a correctly prepared Standard Mail mailing that meet the 
standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet 
all of the following conditions:
    a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to one of the 3-digit ZIP 
Codes served by the NDC or ASF where deposited that are listed in 
Exhibit 3.1.
    b. Pieces are correctly placed on a pallet or in a tray that is 
labeled to an NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility within the service 
area of that NDC or ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at that NDC or 
ASF.
    c. If bundles of flats on pallets are reallocated from an ASF 
pallet to a NDC pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF ZIP Codes 
placed on the NDC pallet is not eligible for the DNDC prices.

3.3 Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces

    [Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as follows:]
    All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible for the DNDC discount if the 
ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1 of the corresponding 
container label) is within the service area of the NDC or ASF at which 
the tray is deposited as shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * *
    [Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:]

3.4 Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles or Trays

    Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or tray can qualify for the DNDC 
prices if the following standards are met:
    a. All pieces (no minimum) in the bundle or tray must destinate 
within the ASF or NDC service area shown in Exhibit 3.1.
    b. Use labeling list L009 when labeling bundles or trays containing 
such pieces.
* * * * *

4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

* * * * *

4.2 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are 
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
    [Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
    a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility), 
addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed 
on a pallet or in a tray labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility 
within its service area.
    b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on or in a merged 5-
digit scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray deposited at the 
destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.
* * * * *

360 Bound Printed Matter

* * * * *

365 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Presentation

1.1 Basic Preparation--Nonpresorted

    [Revise 1.1as follows:]
    There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling 
standards for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter.
* * * * *

1.4 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Renumber current 1.4i through k as the new j through l and add a 
new item i as follows:]
    i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or 
more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF) 
(see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. 
Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of 
the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate 
flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to 
destinations within the origin 3-digit area from the remainder of the 
mailing as described in 366.2.7.
* * * * *

1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.5b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet. 
Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail 
transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
    [Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as follows:]
    c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must 
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays or approved 
authorized containers before preparing 5-digit bundles, and trays or 
containers. * * *
    [Revise item 1.5d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is required for Carrier 
Route Bound Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or approved 
alternate containers, or as bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit 
scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets for those 
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier routes trays, 
alternate containers or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 
in each scheme are treated as one

[[Page 13714]]

presort destination subject to a single minimum tray, alternate 
container or pallet volume. Trays, alternate containers or pallets 
prepared for a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain 
carrier route bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit areas are 
considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. Preparation 
of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets 
must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.5g as follows:]
    g. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    [Revise 1.5h as follows:]
    h. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.5k as follows:]
    k. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of 
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the 
required sortation, which might not be contained in one bundle or in 
one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation 
requirements or the size of the individual pieces. For example, there 
may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit 
bundle, and the pieces are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.6 as follows:]

1.6 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.2 Address Visibility

    * * * This standard does not apply to the following:
    [Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
    a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, 
approved alternate containers or pallets.
    b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays 
or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *

2.6 Preparing Bundles

    Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to 
the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 2.6b and c as follows:]
    b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, the 
applicable weight limits in 5.0 or 6.0.
    c. If bundles are prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized bundles 
under 366.6.2 or 366.6.3, the weight limits and other standards in 2.7.
    [Revise title of 2.7 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

2.7 Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities

    Mailers may enter untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized 
bundles of flat-size pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all 
of the following conditions are met:
* * * * *

2.8 Bundle Sizes

    [Revise the sixth and seventh sentences of 2.8 as follows:]
    * * * Except for mixed ADC bundles and carrier route bundles 
prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, each physical 
bundle of Bound Printed Matter must contain at least two pieces. For 
carrier route Bound Printed Matter prepared in trays or approved 
alternate containers, the last physical bundle to an individual carrier 
route may consist of a single addressed piece, provided that all other 
bundles to that carrier route destination contain at least two 
addressed pieces, and that the total group of pieces to that carrier 
route (the logical bundle) meets the carrier route eligibility minimum 
in 363. * * *

2.9 Pieces With Simplified Addresses

    [Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]
    * * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 
705.8.0 if placed on pallets and, for Bound Printed Matter in trays or 
approved alternate containers, applicable weight limits in 5.0, and 
6.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray 
label.
    b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content 
must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays and approved alternate 
containers.
    b. Labels, including hand-printed labels, must be legible. Machine-
printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility.
    c. Barcoded tray labels for automation mailings are subject to 4.8 
and 708.6.0.
    d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate 
containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the 
specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 4.2 as 
follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.2d as follows]
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.
    [Delete current 4.3, Additional Standards for Barcoded Sack Labels, 
in its entirety and renumber current items 4.4 through 4.9 as new 4.3 
through 4.8.]

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise renumbered 4.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or alternate containers 
for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, 
``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP 
Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit 
ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code 
prefix range

[[Page 13715]]

962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in 
the tray or alternate container.

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise renumbered 4.4a as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by 
standards.
* * * * *
    [Revise ``code'' description for nonbarcoded ``content type'' (10th 
in list) in the table under 4.5b as follows:]

CONTENT TYPE CODE

* * * * *
    Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays or alternate containers) NBC (pallets and 
cotrayed mail under 705.9.0)
* * * * *
    [Revise title and introductory paragraph only of renumbered 4.8 as 
follows:]

4.8 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Mailers must use barcoded tray labels for barcoded flat-size 
mailings. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 4.9d and e as follows:]
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and 
alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service 
Intelligent Mail automation option.

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats

* * * * *

5.2 Bundling

5.2.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the first and fourth sentences of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must bundle pieces before putting them in trays or approved 
alternate containers. * * * Five-digit bundles placed in 5-digit trays 
or approved alternate containers and untrayed 5-digit bundles prepared 
for DDU entry may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]

5.3 Traying

5.3.1 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the 
minimum load requirements in 705.8.5.3 or prepare flats as untrayed 
bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray or approved 
alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort 
destination reaches either 20 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever 
occurs first. Only mixed ADC trays or alternate containers may contain 
smaller volumes. Optional SCF trays or alternate containers are subject 
to the same minimum piece or pound provision as required trays. Traying 
or containerization also is subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or 
alternate container, if documentation can be provided that shows the 
number of pieces and their total weight in each tray or alternate 
container.
* * * * *

5.3.2 Separation by Zone

    [Revise 5.3.2 as follows:]
    Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate 
containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or 
alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for 
different zones may be trayed together, and the trays or alternate 
containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the 
mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or 5.3.3.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3.4 as follows:]

5.3.4 Cotraying Presorted Mail With Barcoded Mail

    The following standards apply:
    [Revise items 5.3.4a and b as follows:]
    a. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying 
for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing not 
claiming the barcode discount, both mailings must be cotrayed under 
705.9.0. The two mailings may be cobundled under 705.11.0 before being 
cotrayed under 705.9.0.
    b. If the mailing job also contains a carrier route mailing, the 
carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.5 
as follows:]

5.3.5 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e through g as 
follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    [Add a new 5.4 as follows:]

5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when 
minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who 
are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must 
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 
5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations 
specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the 
instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these 
separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 366.2.7; 
labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC''
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:

[[Page 13716]]

    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''

6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Flats

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3 and 6.3.1 as follows:]

6.3 Traying

6.3.1 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3 or may prepare flats 
as untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a direct 
carrier route tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of 
mail for an individual carrier route reaches either 20 addressed pieces 
or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller volumes are not 
permitted. Mailers must place remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme 
carrier routes trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit carrier routes 
trays or alternate containers, which have no minimum tray or container 
size. Carrier route trays or alternate containers also are subject to 
these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.3.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or tray the mail by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray 
or alternate container, if documentation can be provided with the 
mailing that shows the number of pieces and the total weight in each 
tray or alternate container.

6.3.2 Separation by Zone

    [Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
    Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate 
containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or 
alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for 
different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers 
together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be 
separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under one 
of the postage payment systems in 705.2.0 through 705.4.0 or under 
6.3.3.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 6.3.5 as 
follows:]

6.3.5 Tray Preparation

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and 
Line 1 tray labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3.6 as follows:]

6.3.6 Tray Label Line 2

* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 6.3.7 as follows:]

6.3.7 Exception to Traying

    Traying or containerization is not required for bundles that are 
entered at DDU prices; such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up 
to 40 pounds each.

7.0 Preparing Barcoded Flats

7.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the second and third sentences of 7.1 as follows:]
    * * * Bundle, tray or approved alternate container preparation is 
subject to 365.0. Trays or alternate containers must bear the 
appropriate barcoded tray labels under 4.9.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 7.4 as follows:]

7.4 Traying

    [Revise title and introductory paragraph of 7.4.1 as follows:]

7.4.1 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete current item 7.4.1e in its entirety and add new items e 
through g as follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC BC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
    [Renumber current items 7.5 through 7.5.2 as new 7.6 through 7.6.2 
and add a new 7.5 as follows:]

7.5 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when 
minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who 
are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must 
prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown 
in 7.5a through 7.5c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations 
specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the 
instructions in 7.5d instead of 7.5c. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these 
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 366.2.7; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D BC.''
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.

[[Page 13717]]

    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC WKG.''

7.6 Mixed Price Preparation

    [Revise title of renumbered 7.6.1 as follows:]

7.6.1 Cobundling and Cotraying Mixed Mail

    The following standards apply to Bound Printed Matter:
    [Revise renumbered 7.6.1a and b as follows:]
    a. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing, a Presorted 
mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount under 363.6.1, 
and a Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount), then the 
carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0, and the Presorted 
mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and the 
Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount) must be cotrayed 
under 705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled 
together under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under 
705.9.0.
    b. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying 
for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing (not 
claiming the barcode discount), both mailings must be cotrayed under 
705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled together 
under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.
* * * * *

7.6.2 Merged Containerization

    [Revise renumbered 7.6.2 as follows:]
    When the conditions and preparation standards in 705.10.0, 
705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles of Presorted (barcoded 
and nonbarcoded pieces) and carrier route mail that are part of the 
same mailing job and class of mail may be combined on merged 5-digit 
scheme pallets, trays or approved alternate containers and merged 5-
digit pallets, trays or approved alternate containers. Barcode discount 
pieces may be cobundled with presorted pieces under 705.11.0

366 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.7 as follows:]

2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry SCF, origin 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit trays 
destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office 
where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where 
mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or 
placed in alternative containers under 365.0 and segregated from the 
remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays 
by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the 
trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other 
container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

3.0 Destination Entry

3.1 General

    [Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]
    * * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by 
the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of 
container the mail is in (pallet, tray or alternate container). * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and the first sentence of the text of 3.7 as 
follows:]

3.7 Mailings of Untrayed Bundles

    Mailers may present untrayed, or uncontainerized, nonpalletized 
bundles of BPM flats that are properly prepared for and entered at DDU 
prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. * * *
* * * * *

4.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry

4.1 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are 
eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following 
conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.1d as follows:]
    d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or approved 
alternate container, that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited, 
or labeled to a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area 
(see Exhibit 4.1).
* * * * *

4.2 Presorted Flats

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    Presorted flats on pallets, or placed in trays or approved 
alternate containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. 
Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate containers must be prepared for 
flats eligible for and claimed at the DNDC price and for flats not 
claimed at the DNDC price. Use the ``label to'' ZIP Code of the ADC to 
assign ADC bundles to the respective mixed ADC tray or alternate 
container. Use the address on the mailpieces to assign pieces to the 
respective mixed ADC bundle. All pieces in an ADC tray, alternate 
container or in a palletized ADC bundle are eligible for the DNDC 
discount if the ADC facility ZIP Code (shown in Line 1 of the 
corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the destination of 
the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC tray label for 
that facility using L004, Column B) is within the service area of the 
NDC or ASF at which the tray or alternate container is deposited. Mail 
must be entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.

4.3 Carrier Route Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.3 as follows:]
    Carrier Route flats on pallets, or in trays or alternate 
containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. * * *

5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

5.1 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 5.0 are 
eligible for the DSCF price when they meet all of the following 
conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.1d as follows:]
    d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or authorized 
alternate container, that is labeled to the facility where deposited or 
labeled to a postal facility within that facility's service area.
* * * * *

5.2 Presorted Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]
    Presorted flats and automation flats in trays or alternate 
containers for the 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels or on pallets 
at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may 
claim DSCF prices. * * *

5.3 Carrier Route Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 5.3 as follows:]
    Carrier route flats in trays, or alternate containers, at all sort 
levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit 
carrier routes, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF 
prices. * * *

6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry

* * * * *

6.2 Presorted Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 6.2 as follows:]
    Presorted flats that weigh more than 1 pound in 5-digit trays or 
alternate containers, on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit

[[Page 13718]]

pallets, or prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may 
claim DDU prices. * * *

6.3 Carrier Route Flats

    [Revise the first sentence of 6.3 as follows:]
    Carrier route flats in trays or alternate containers, on 5-digit 
carrier routes scheme and 5-digit carrier routes pallets, or prepared 
as untrayed or uncontainerized carrier route bundles may claim DDU 
prices. * * *
* * * * *

370 Media Mail

373 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail Flats

* * * * *

3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail

    Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without 
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
    [Revise 3.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-Digit Presort Price. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece 
must be sorted to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under 
375.5.0, or 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. All logical 5-digit bundles 
on pallets must contain at least 10 pieces.
* * * * *

375 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3b as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays or approved alternate containers) 
for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in 301.3.0; 
the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of 
the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges in a single scheme, as shown in L007.
* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.4b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
    [Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]
    c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must 
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or approved 
alternate containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and 
trays (or approved alternate containers). * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.4e as follows:]
    e. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    [Revise 1.4f as follows:]
    f. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.6 Preparing Bundles

    Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to 
the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 2.6b as follows:]
    b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Media Mail 
must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2.

2.7 Bundle Sizes

    [Revise the fifth sentence of 2.7 as follows:]
    * * * Unless otherwise noted, the maximum weight for bundles placed 
in trays or approved alternate containers is 20 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
    [Add a new 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray 
label.
    b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content 
must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as 
follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.2d as follows:]
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.
    [Renumber current items 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 
and add a new 4.3 as follows:]

4.3 Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in 
4.9 and 708.6.3.

4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.4c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate 
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left 
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within 
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP 
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP 
Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.

[[Page 13719]]

4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise 4.5a as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by 
standards.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray 
labels meeting these general standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats

* * * * *

5.2 Bundling

5.2.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    * * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, 
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved 
alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]

5.3 Traying

5.3.1 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums 
specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed 
ADC trays or alternate containers).
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 
as follows:]

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF as described in 376.2.1. Preparation 
sequence and labeling:
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); see 
1.4c; scheme sort required, only for pieces meeting the automation-
compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10 addressed pieces; when 
making these separations; labeling:
    [Revise items 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use 
L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city, 
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military 
mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC 
FLT 5D SCH NBC.'' For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC FLT 
5D NBC.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f as 
follows:]
    d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column B.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    [Add a new 5.4 as follows:]

5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. 
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume 
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at 
acceptance locations specified in item 5.4d must prepare mailings 
according to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation 
sequence and labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these 
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 376.2.1; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''

376 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in 
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is 
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 
alternative containers under 375.0 and segregated from the remainder of 
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.

380 Library Mail

383 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

[[Page 13720]]

3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail Flats

* * * * *

3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail

    Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without 
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
    [Revise the second sentence of 3.4a as follows:]
    a. * * * To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted 
to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under 385.5.0 or to 
5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. * * *
* * * * *

385 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3b as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays and approved alternate 
containers) for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in 
301.3.0: the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with 
one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges processed in a single scheme, as 
shown in L007.
* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.4b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
    [Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]
    c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must 
prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or alternate 
containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and trays (or 
alternate containers). * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.4e as follows:]
    e. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    [Revise 1.4f as follows:]
    f. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.6 Preparing Bundles

    Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to 
the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 2.6b as follows:]
    b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Library 
Mail must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
    [Add a new 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray 
label.
    b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content 
must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as 
follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    A tray label must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.2d as follows:]
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.
    [Renumber current 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and 
add a new 4.3 as follows:]

4.3 Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in 
4.9 and 708.6.3.

4.4 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.4c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate 
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left 
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within 
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP 
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP 
Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.

4.5 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise 4.5a as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by 
standards.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray 
labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.

[[Page 13721]]

    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats

* * * * *

5.2 Bundling

5.2.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    * * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, 
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved 
alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]

5.3 Traying

5.3.1 Required Traying

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums 
specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed 
ADC trays or alternate containers).
    [Revise title and text of introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as 
follows:]

5.3.2 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF under 386.2.1. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise item 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use 
L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city, 
state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military 
mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC 
FLT 5D SCH NBC.'' For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, ``PSVC FLT 
5D NBC.''
* * * * *
    [Delete item 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f 
as follows:]
    d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.''
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.''
    [Add a new 5.4 as follows:]

5.4 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. 
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume 
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers as shown in 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at 
acceptance locations specified in 5.4d must prepare mailings according 
to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and 
labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when making these 
separations, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column A, L002.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC.''
    b. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C. information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NON BC.''

386 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.0 as follows:]

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in 
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is 
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 
alternative containers under 385.0 and segregated from the remainder of 
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.

400 Commercial Parcels

* * * * *

430 First-Class Mail

433 Prices and Eligibility

1.0 Prices and Fees for First-Class Mail

* * * * *

1.4 Surcharge

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 1.4 as follows:]
    Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, sacks, or approved 
alternate containers; or paid at the single-piece prices, presorted 
parcels are subject to a surcharge if any of the following 
characteristics apply:
* * * * *

4.0 Price Eligibility for Presorted First-Class Mail Parcels

4.1 5-Digit Price

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    The 5-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 5-digit/scheme 
tray, sack or approved alternate container containing at least 10 
pounds of parcels.

4.2 3-Digit Price

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    The 3-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit tray or 
approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.

4.3 ADC Price

    [Revise 4.3 as follows:]
    The ADC price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit origin tray 
or approved alternate container (no

[[Page 13722]]

minimum), and to parcels in an ADC tray or approved alternate container 
containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.

4.4 Single-Piece Price

    [Revise 4.4 as follows:]
    The single-piece price applies to presorted parcels in a mixed ADC 
tray or approved alternate container, with no minimum volume 
requirement.
* * * * *

435 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence current items 1.4c through f as the new d through g and 
add a new item c as follows:]
    c. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
    [Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
    d. An origin/entry 3-digit tray or approved alternate container 
contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code area 
processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified/
entered. Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit 
area regardless of the volume of mail. These separations are optional, 
but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, 
approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within 
the origin 3-digit area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing 
as described in 436.1.5.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
    g. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of 
pieces in a mailing that are eligible for a specific presort level 
based on the required sortation, but which might not be contained in 
one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation 
requirements or the size of the individual pieces.
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
    [Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]

2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Delete current 2.1, Presort, in its entirety, renumber current 2.2 
and 2.3 as the new 2.1 and 2.2, and revise renumbered 2.1 as follows:]

2.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays, sacks (for 5-digit or 5-digit scheme separations), or 
approved alternate containers. A postmaster may authorize nonpostal 
containers for a small-volume presorted mailing if the mailing weighs 
no more than 20 pounds, consists primarily of mail or bundles of mail 
for local ZIP Codes, and requires no USPS transportation for 
processing.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]

2.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray, alternate container or sack preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct 
tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its 
content must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Tray Labels

3.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 3.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays, approved alternate containers 
and sacks.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    c. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.
    [Renumber 3.2 through 3.7 as the new 3.3 through 3.8 and add a new 
3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: white or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise renumbered 3.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise renumbered 3.4a and b as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray, alternate container or sack and other information as 
specified by standards.
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *

3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 3.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the 
Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *

3.6 Electronic Verification System

    [Revise renumbered 3.6 as follows:]
    All trays, alternate containers or sacks containing parcels 
prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) 
under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives ``EVS'' or ``E-
VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for 
Line 3. As an option, ``eVS'' may be placed as the first element on 
Line 3.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 3.9 as follows:]

3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general 
standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.

[[Page 13723]]

    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

4.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels

* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 4.4 as 
follows:]

4.4 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, approved alternate containers or 
sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 436.1.5. 
Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.4a1 and 4.4a2 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks 
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks 
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.2c for overseas 
military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``FCM PARCELS 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or 
sacks, ``FCM PARCELS 5D.''
* * * * *

436 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Deposit

* * * * *
    [Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/
entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in 
the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is 
verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. 
For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in 
alternative containers under 435.4 and segregated from the remainder of 
the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 
these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

440 Standard Mail

443 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Basic Standards for Standard Mail Parcels

* * * * *

3.3 Additional Basic Standards for Standard Mail

    Each Standard Mail mailing is subject to these general standards:
    [Revise 3.3a as follows:]
    a. All pieces in a mailing must be of the same processing category, 
except that irregular and machinable parcels may be combined in 5-digit 
scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on 
5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets.
* * * * *

5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces

* * * * *

5.2 Price Application

    [Revise the last sentence in 5.2 as follows:]
    * * * For example, when there are 10 pounds of combined machinable 
parcels, irregular parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable pieces in a 5-digit 
tray, approved alternate container or sack, all pieces are eligible for 
the 5-digit prices.

5.3 Prices for Machinable Parcels

5.3.1 5-Digit Price

    The 5-digit price applies to qualifying machinable parcels that are 
dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU 
and presented:
    [Revise 5.3.1a as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or 
sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
* * * * *

5.3.2 NDC Price

    The NDC price applies to qualifying machinable parcels as follows 
under either of the following conditions:
    a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:
    [Revise 5.3.2a1 as follows:]
    1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing 
at least 10 pounds of parcels, or
* * * * *

5.3.3 Mixed NDC Price

    [Revise 5.3.3 as follows:]
    The mixed NDC price applies to machinable parcels that are not 
eligible for 5-digit or NDC prices. Place machinable parcels at mixed 
NDC prices in origin NDC trays or approved alternate containers or on 
origin NDC pallets, then in mixed NDC trays or approved alternate 
containers, or on mixed NDC pallets. See 445.5.3.2 and 705.8.10.

5.4 Prices for Irregular Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) Pieces

5.4.1 5-Digit Price

    The 5-digit price applies to irregular parcels and NFMs that are 
dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU 
and presented:
    [Revise 5.4.1a as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or 
sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.
* * * * *

5.4.2 SCF Price

    The SCF price applies to irregular parcels or NFMs that are 
dropshipped and presented to a DSCF or DNDC:
    [Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
    a. In an SCF tray or approved alternate container containing at 
least 10 pounds of parcels.
* * * * *

5.4.3 NDC Price

    The NDC price applies to qualifying irregular parcels or NFMs as 
follows under either of the following conditions:
    a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:
    [Revise 5.4.3a1 as follows:]
    1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing 
at least 10 pounds of parcels, or
* * * * *

5.4.4 Mixed NDC Price

    [Revise the last sentence of 5.4.4 as follows:]
    * * * Place irregular parcels or NFMs at mixed NDC prices in origin 
NDC or mixed NDC trays or approved alternate containers under 445.5.4.4 
or on origin NDC or mixed NDC pallets under 705.8.10.

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route 
Standard Mail Parcels

* * * * *

6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.3.2 Basic Price Discount for Irregular Parcels

    [Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]
    Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-digit 
carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at 
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in carrier route 
bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.

6.4 High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

[[Page 13724]]

6.4.2 High Density Price Discount for Irregular Parcels

    [Revise 6.4.2 as follows:]
    High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-
digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack 
containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in 
carrier route bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.

6.5 Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.5.2 Saturation Price Discount for Irregular Parcels

    [Revise the first two sentences of 6.5.2 as follows:]
    Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route, or 5-
digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack 
containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. * * *
* * * * *

445 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3c as follows:]
    c. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, alternate containers and sacks) 
for Standard Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all 
pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in a single scheme, as 
shown in L606.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3g as follows:]
    g. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles or pieces for 
one or more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility 
(SCF) (see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. 
Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit area 
regardless of the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must 
segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled 
to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the 
mailing as described in 446.1.3.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 1.3l as follows:]
    l. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers contain 
material remaining after completion of a presort sequence. * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence items 1.4b through j as the new c through k and add a 
new item b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard Mail parcels yields 5-digit 
scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 5-
digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, 
sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each 
scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single 
minimum volume (if required). Trays, alternate containers, sacks or 
pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces 
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit 
scheme sorted.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.4f as follows:]
    f. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    [Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]
    g. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced item k as follows:]
    k. A ``logical'' presort destination represents the total number of 
pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the 
required sortation, but which might not be contained in one bundle or 
in one container due to preparation requirements or the size of the 
individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 
43112 forming a ``logical'' 5-digit bundle, and the pieces are prepared 
in three physical 5-digit bundles.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.2 Address Visibility

    * * * This standard does not apply to the following:
    [Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]
    a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, 
approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
    b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays 
or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title and text of the introductory sentence of 2.6 as 
follows:]

2.6 Preparing Bundles in Trays or Sacks

    In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare and 
secure bundles placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks 
as follows:
* * * * *

2.7 Pieces With Simplified Address

    [Revise the last sentence of 2.7 as follows:]
    * * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 
705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and weight and height limits in 2.6 if 
placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

3.1 Standard Containers

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as 
follows:]
    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-
digit scheme, carrier route and 5-digit carrier route separations may 
be prepared in sacks. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these 
standards:
    a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray 
label.

[[Page 13725]]

    b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content 
must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: White or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise 4.4a as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as 
specified by standards.
    [Revise the introductory sentence of 4.4b as follows:]
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels:
* * * * *

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the 
Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general 
standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels

* * * * *

5.3 Preparing Machinable Parcels

    [Revise title and text of 5.3.1 as follows:]

5.3.1 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only 
for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming 
DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Mailers may prepare ASF or NDC trays or 
alternate containers only for parcels that will be dropshipped to a 
DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices). There is no minimum for 
parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks 
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine the preparation of either 
irregular parcels or any Not Flat-Machinable pieces with machinable 
parcels placed in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks 
must prepare those containers or sacks under 5.3.2a.
    [Revise title of 5.3.2 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

5.3.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.3.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price), 
sacking allowed, see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail 
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. 
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound 
minimum except at DDU which has no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, use L606, 
Column B. For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, use city, state, and 
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military 
mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, ``STD 
MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, ``STD MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.3.2e in its entirety and add new items 5.3.2e and f as 
follows:]
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG.''

5.4 Preparing Irregular Parcels

* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 5.4.2 as follows:]

5.4.2 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only 
for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming 
DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 5.4.4 for restrictions on SCF, ASF, and 
NDC trays or alternate containers. Mailers must prepare a tray, 
alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required 
presort

[[Page 13726]]

destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces. There is no minimum for 
parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks 
entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine irregular parcels with 
machinable parcels and NFMs in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate 
containers or sacks must prepare the mailing under 5.3.2. Mailers may 
combine irregular and machinable parcels to other presort levels. 
Mailers may combine irregular parcels with NFMs weighing less than 6 
ounces in trays, alternate containers or sacks under 5.4.4.

5.4.3 Drop Shipment

    [Revise 5.4.3 as follows:]
    A mailer using Priority Mail or Express Mail to drop ship Standard 
Mail irregular parcels may prepare containers or sacks containing fewer 
than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of mail.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.4.4 
as follows:]

5.4.4 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 5.4.4a1 and 5.4.4a2 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 
for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``STD IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``STD IRREG 5D.''
    [Renumber current items 5.4.4b through f as the new 5.4.4c through 
g and add a new b as follows:]
    b. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
    1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
    2. For Line 2, ``STD IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
    [Delete renumbered 5.4.4g in its entirety and add new items g and h 
as follows:]
    g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
    h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
* * * * *

6.0 Preparing Not Flat-Machinable Pieces

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]

6.3 Containerization and Labeling

    [Revise title and text of 6.3.1 as follows:]

6.3.1 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only 
for NFMs that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC 
prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 for restrictions on SCF, 
ASF, and NDC trays or containers.

6.3.2 NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than 6 Ounces

    [Revise the introductory paragraph only of 6.3.2 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling of NFM pieces weighing less 
than 6 ounces:
    [Revise 6.3.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price), 
sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail 
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. 
Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound 
minimum except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 
for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``STD NFM 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``STD NFM 5D.''
    [Renumber current 6.3.2b through f as the new 6.3.2c through g and 
add a new 6.3.2b as follows:]
    b. Origin SCF (optional); no minimum; labeling:
    1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.
    2. For Line 2, ``STD NFM SCF.''
* * * * *
    [Delete renumbered 6.3.2g in its entirety and add a new 6.3.2 g and 
h as follows:]
    g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
    h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''

6.3.3 NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces or More

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.3 as follows:]
    Preparation sequence and labeling for trays, alternate containers 
or sacks of NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or more:
    [Revise 6.3.3a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price), 
sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail 
deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. 
Trays, alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound minimum 
except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 
for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``STD NFM MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or 
sacks, ``STD NFM MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 6.3.3e in its entirety and add new 6.3.3e and f as 
follows:]

[[Page 13727]]

    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''

7.0 Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Parcels

* * * * *

7.4 Bundling

7.4.1 Carrier Route Bundle Preparation

    Prepare carrier route bundles of parcels as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 7.4.1c as follows:]
    c. The method of labeling a carrier route bundle is based on the 
following tray, sack or alternate container levels:
    1. Carrier route tray, sack or alternate container: No bundle 
labeling is required.
    2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes trays, sacks or 
alternate containers: Bundles must have a facing slip unless the pieces 
in the bundle have a carrier information line or an optional 
endorsement line (OEL).

7.4.2 Bundles and Sacks With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces 
Required

    [Revise 7.4.2 as follows:]
    As a general exception to 7.4.1, a mailer may prepare a bundle with 
fewer than 10 pieces and a less-than-full tray or alternate container 
with fewer than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of pieces to a 
carrier route when claiming the saturation price for the contents and 
the density standard is met.

7.5 Preparing Irregular Parcels

    [Revise title of 7.5.1 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

7.5.1 Container Minimums

    A tray, sack or approved alternate container must be prepared when 
the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 
125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 7.5.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
(divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the 
resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 125-piece 
or 15-pound minimum applies) or tray (sacking or use of alternate 
containers allowed) by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
tray, sack or container, if documentation shows the number of pieces 
and their total weight of the pieces in each tray or container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 7.5.2 only 
as follows:]

7.5.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined 
within the origin/entry SCF as described in 446.1.3. Preparation 
sequence and labeling:
* * * * *

446 Enter and Deposit

1.0 Presenting a Mailing

* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.3 as follows:]

1.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, 
separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service 
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or 
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such 
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative 
containers under 445.0 and segregated from the remainder of the 
mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these 
methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.
* * * * *

3.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry

* * * * *

3.3 Additional Standards for Machinable Parcels

    [Delete the introductory sentence of 3.3 and 3.3b in their 
entirety. Use the text of 3.3a as the complete 3.3, and revise the 
second sentence as follows:]
    * * * Machinable parcels palletized, trayed, sacked or placed in 
approved alternate containers may be sorted to destination NDCs or to 
destination NDCs and ASFs. * * *
* * * * *

4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

* * * * *

4.2 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are 
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
    [Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]
    a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility), 
addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed 
in a tray or approved alternate container, or on a pallet, that is 
labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility within its service area.
    b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on a 5-digit pallet 
or in a 5-digit scheme or 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack 
that is deposited at the destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.
* * * * *

5.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry

* * * * *

5.2 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are 
eligible for the DDU price when deposited at a DDU, addressed for 
delivery within that facility's service area, and prepared as follows:
    [Revise item 5.2a as follows:]
    a. Irregular parcels in carrier route bundles sorted to carrier 
route trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, and otherwise 
eligible for and claimed at a carrier route price.
* * * * *

450 Parcel Select

453 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Price Eligibility for Parcel Select

3.1 Destination Entry Price Eligibility

* * * * *

3.1.2 Basic Standards

    For Parcel Select destination entry, pieces must meet the 
applicable standards in 455.4.0 and the following criteria:
    [Revise 3.1.2a as follows:]
    a. Pieces may be bedloaded on pallets, in pallet boxes on pallets, 
in flat trays,

[[Page 13728]]

approved alternate containers or sacks as specified in 456.2.1 through 
456.2.16, depending on the facility at which the pieces are deposited.
* * * * *

3.1.3 DNDC Prices

    For DNDC prices, pieces must meet the applicable standards in 3.0 
and the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 3.1.3d as follows:]
    d. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under 
Exhibit 3.1.3 and must be prepared according to 455.4.0 and 705.8.0. 
Mail meeting the additional criteria in 456.2.15 or 456.2.16 may be 
deposited at an SCF.
* * * * *

455 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

1.1 Basic Standards

    All mailings at Parcel Select prices are subject to these general 
standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.1b as follows:]
    b. All pieces must be prepared on pallets when they have reached 
the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is 
unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *

1.4 Terms for Presort Level

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.4b as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers 
and sacks): The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins 
with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code in a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *

1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence items 1.5 b through i as the new 1.5c through j and add 
a new 1.5b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit scheme sort for parcels yields 5-digit scheme pallets, 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for those 5-digit ZIP 
Codes listed in L606, and 5-digit pallets, trays, alternate containers 
or sacks for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are 
treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume. 
Pallets, trays, alternate containers or sacks prepared for a 5-digit 
scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-
digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme sorted. The 5-digit 
scheme sort is always optional, including when 5-digit sortation is 
required for price eligibility and need not be used for all possible 5-
digit scheme sorts.
* * * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.5h as follows:]
    h. An overflow container for Parcel Select DSCF mail is a 5-digit 
scheme or 5-digit tray, approved alternate container or sack prepared 
with fewer than seven pieces after all other required trays, alternate 
containers or sacks for that same 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code 
area are prepared under 4.2. If all of the mail is trayed, 
containerized or sacked under 4.0, only one overflow container is 
permitted for each 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code. If a mailing is 
prepared on pallets, remaining Parcel Select pieces mail may be 
prepared in one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit overflow containers 
only after one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets are prepared 
to meet the minimum pallet requirement in 705.8.0. Pieces in overflow 
containers qualify for the Parcel Select DSCF prices.
* * * * *

1.6 Separation

    [Revise the last sentence of 1.6 as follows:]
    * * * If DSCF trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 
4.2.3 are included in the same mailing as DSCF pallets prepared under 
705.8.20.1e., then at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate 
the trays or alternate containers that are overflow from palletized 
mail from those trays or alternate containers prepared under 4.2.
* * * * *
    [Renumber current items 1.7 and 1.8 as the new 1.8 and 1.9, and add 
a new 1.7 as follows:]

1.7 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]

2.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Renumber current 2.1 as the new 2.2 and add a new 2.1 as follows:]

2.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]

2.2 Tray Preparation

    All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is 
subject to these standards:
    a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct 
tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its 
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Tray Labels

3.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 3.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title of 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    [Revise 3.2 as follows:]
    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: White or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

3.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *

[[Page 13729]]

    [Revise 3.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

3.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise items 3.4a and b as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as 
specified by standards.
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *

3.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 3.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested 
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS 
labeling information). * * *

3.6 Electronic Verification System

    [Revise the first sentence of 3.6 as follows:]
    All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing 
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification 
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives 
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and 
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 3.9 as follows:]

3.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general 
standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

4.0 Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select

4.1 Preparing Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Parcel Select

* * * * *

4.1.2 Basic Standards

    Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following 
criteria:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 4.1.2c as follows:]
    c. If the delivery unit serves more than one 5-digit ZIP Code, the 
pieces must be separated by 5-digit ZIP Code when unloaded, unless 
prepared as optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate 
containers, sacks or pallets. * * *
    [Revise title of 4.1.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

4.1.3 Containerization and Labeling

    There are no minimum traying, containerization, sacking or pallet 
preparation standards. DDU pieces may be bedloaded, trayed, placed in 
approved alternate containers, sacked, placed directly on pallets or 
placed in pallet boxes. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be 
combined in the same tray, alternate container or sack, or on the same 
pallet (including pallet boxes). Trayed, containerized and sacked mail 
must be labeled as follows:
* * * * *

4.2 Preparing Destination SCF (DSCF) Parcel Select

* * * * *

4.2.2 Basic Standards

    Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following 
criteria:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 4.2.2c as follows:]
    c. Sorted to optional 5-digit scheme destinations under L606, 
Column B, and 5-digit destinations, either in trays, approved alternate 
containers, sacks or directly on pallets or in pallet boxes.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 4.2.3 as follows:]

4.2.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Containerization requirements for DSCF entry:
    a. Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks are permitted.
    b. Each 5-digit scheme and 5-digit tray, alternate container or 
sack must contain a minimum of seven pieces. Machinable and 
nonmachinable pieces may be combined in the same tray, alternate 
container or sack to meet this requirement. One overflow tray, 
alternate container or sack per 5-digit ZIP Code is permitted (no piece 
minimum).
    c. 5-digit scheme tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line 
1, use L606, Column B; for Line 2, ``PSVC PARCELS 5D SCH.''
    d. 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line 1, use 
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.3 for overseas 
military mail); for Line 2, ``PSVC PARCELS 5D.''
    e. 3-digit nonmachinable tray or alternate container labeling: Line 
1, use L002, Column A; for Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG 3D.''
    f. See 705.8.0 for option to place 5-digit scheme and 5-digit DSCF 
trays, alternate containers or sacks and 3-digit nonmachinable trays or 
alternate containers on an SCF pallet.

4.3 Preparing Destination NDC (DNDC) Parcel Select

* * * * *

4.3.2 Basic Standards

    Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following 
criteria:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 4.3.2e as follows:]
    e. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under 
Exhibit 453.3.1.3 and, if trayed, placed in approved alternate 
containers, sacked or palletized, must be prepared according to 4.0 and 
705.8.0. * * *
    [Revise title and text of 4.3.3 as follows:]

4.3.3 Containerization and Labeling

    DNDC mailing (if not bedloaded), must be prepared as follows:
    a. DNDC machinable parcels must be trayed, placed in approved 
alternate containers or sacked under 6.0, or prepared on pallets under 
705.8.0.
    b. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that each weigh 35 pounds or less 
must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked under 
6.0, if the parcels do not contain perishables and the size of the 
parcels allows a tray, alternate container or sack to hold at least two 
pieces. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that cannot be containerized in this 
manner or that weigh more than 35

[[Page 13730]]

pounds must be transported as outside (uncontainerized) pieces. If 
authorized by the USPS, DNDC nonmachinable parcels may be palletized.
* * * * *

6.0 Preparing Barcoded Machinable Parcels

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3 and the text of the first sentence as 
follows:]

6.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Traying, containerization or sacking is not required, however 
mailers may opt to prepare Parcel Select machinable parcels in trays, 
approved alternate containers or sacks under 2.0 or on pallets under 
705.8.0. * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3.1 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

6.3.1 Container Preparation

    Container and preparation sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
    [Revise items 6.3.1a and b as follows:]
    a. 5-digit scheme: Optional (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); 
sacking allowed; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.
    b. 5-digit; required (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking 
allowed; for Line 1, use city, state and 5-digit ZIP Code destination 
of pieces (see 3.3c. for military mail).
* * * * *
    [Delete 6.3.1e in its entirety and add new items e and f as 
follows:]
    e. Tier 2 Network: Required (no minimum); for Line 1, use L603, 
Column C information for the Tier 2 facility serving the 3-digit ZIP 
Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    f. Tier 2 Network: Required for specified acceptance locations (no 
minimum); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers. For Line 1, use L603, Column C 
information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of 
entry Post Office.
    [Revise title of 6.3.2 as follows:]

6.3.2 Tray Line 2

* * * * *
    [Delete 6.3.2e in its entirety and add new items e and f as 
follows:]
    e. Tier 2 Network: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network, Directional: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''

456 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *

2.0 Deposit

2.1 Bedloaded Parcels

* * * * *

2.1.1 Containers

    DNDC mailings (if not bedloaded), DDU mailings (if not bedloaded), 
and all DSCF mailings must be prepared as follows:
    [Revise 2.1.1a through d as follows:]
    a. Machinable parcels for which a DNDC, DSCF, or DDU price is 
claimed must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or 
sacked under 455.4.0, Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select, or 
prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
    b. For DNDC price, nonmachinable parcels must be prepared under 
455.4.3.3.
    c. For DSCF, if prepared under 455.4.0, trays, alternate containers 
or sacks must contain at least seven pieces. If the tray, alternate 
container or sack is overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-
digit tray, alternate container or sack that contains at least seven 
pieces, then a tray, alternate container or sack may contain fewer than 
seven pieces. For DSCF, if trayed, placed in approved alternate 
containers or sacked as overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-
digit pallet that meets the pallet minimum, may contain any number of 
pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be included in the same 
tray, alternate container or sack.
    d. For DSCF, 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, and 3-digit trays, approved 
alternate containers or sacks may be bedloaded or be placed on SCF 
pallets that are labeled and otherwise prepared under 705.8.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise 2.1.1f as follows:]
    f. For DDU, there are no minimums for trays, approved alternate 
containers, sacks, pallets, or pallet boxes. DDU mail must be separated 
by 5-digit scheme and 5-digit and, if placed in trays, alternate 
containers, or sacks, on pallets, or in pallet boxes, it must be 
labeled to the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit destination. Machinable and 
nonmachinable pieces may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 
5-digit pallets (including pallet boxes).
* * * * *

2.12 Vehicle Unloading

    Unloading of destination entry mailings is subject to these 
conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2c as follows:]
    c. At destination delivery units (DDUs), drivers must unload all 
mail, whether bedloaded, trayed, containerized, sacked, or palletized 
(including boxes on pallets), within 1 hour of arrival. Unloading 
procedures are as follows:
* * * * *

2.16 Acceptance at Designated SCF-USPS Benefit

    A mailing that is otherwise eligible for DNDC prices may be 
deposited, and accepted, at an SCF designated by the USPS when it 
benefits the USPS and:
    [Revise item 2.16a as follows:]
    a. The mailing contains only machinable parcels prepared in 5-digit 
scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets, and 
nonmachinable parcels prepared under 2.1.1.
* * * * *

460 Bound Printed Matter

* * * * *

465 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

1.1 Basic Preparation--Nonpresorted

    [Revise 1.1 as follows:]
    There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling 
standards for nonpresorted price Bound Printed Matter.
* * * * *

1.5 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence 1.5b through j as the new 1.5c through k and add a new 
item 1.5b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-
supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.5d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Bound Printed Matter parcels yields 5-
digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 
those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate 
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a 
single minimum volume. Trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets 
prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only

[[Page 13731]]

one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme 
sorted. * * *
    [Revise resequenced 1.5e as follows:]
    e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray or approved 
alternate container includes all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-
digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose 
service area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit 
scheme) area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or 
alternate container may be prepared for each. These separations are 
optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat 
trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations 
within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the mailing as 
described in 466.2.7.
    [Revise resequenced 1.5f as follows:]
    f. The required at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum 
size or weight.
    [Revise resequenced 1.5g as follows:]
    g. The optional at [quantity] instruction means that the particular 
unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the 
specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or 
weight.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.6 as follows:]

1.6 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers.

2.0 Bundles

* * * * *

2.2 Address Visibility

    * * * This standard does not apply to the following:
    [Revise 2.2a and b as follows:]
    a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, 
approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.
    b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.
* * * * *

2.6 Bundle Sizes

    [Revise 2.6 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of 
Presorted irregular parcels for DDU entry according to 2.8 and 5.2 for 
parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 5.3 for parcels weighing 10 
pounds or more. Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized 
bundles of carrier route irregular parcels for DDU entry according to 
2.7 and 6.2 for parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 6.3 for 
parcels weighing 10 pounds or more.
    [Revise title of 2.7 and the text of the introductory sentence of 
2.7 as follows:]

2.7 Additional Standards for Uncontainerized Bundles Entered at DDU 
Facilities

    Mailers may enter uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of 
irregular parcels at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all of the 
following conditions are met:
* * * * *

2.8 Pieces With Simplified Addresses

    [Revise the last sentence of 2.8 as follows:]
    * * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight 
limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and for parcels in trays or 
approved alternate containers, specific weight limits in 5.0 and 6.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-
digit scheme and carrier route separations may be prepared in sacks.
    [Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is 
subject to these standards:
    a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct 
tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its 
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.0.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: White or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 4.4b as follows:]
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *
    [Revise the ``code'' description for nonbarcoded ``content type'' 
(ninth from the top) as follows:]

CONTENT TYPE CODE

* * * * *
    Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays/alternate containers) NBC (pallets and 
combined mail under 705.9.0)
* * * * *

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested 
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS). * * *

[[Page 13732]]

4.6 Electronic Verification System

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
    All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing 
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification 
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives 
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and 
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general 
standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Presorted Parcels

5.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *

5.1.2 Separation

    [Revise 5.1.2 as follows:]
    Pieces for each zone must be trayed, sacked or placed in approved 
alternate containers separately, separated by zone. Exception: Pieces 
for different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers 
together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be 
separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under 
705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or under 5.1.3, Commingling Zones.
* * * * *

5.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds

5.2.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    Bundling is required before placing pieces into trays, approved 
alternate containers or sacks, except for pieces placed in 5-digit 
scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks when such 
pieces are enclosed in an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length 
wrapper, or polybag and the minimum bundle size is met. Otherwise, a 
bundle must be prepared when the quantity of addressed pieces for a 
required presort level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces or 10 pounds, 
whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except mixed 
ADC bundles). The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, 
except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, 
alternate containers or sacks, or prepared for and entered at DDU 
prices, may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds each. Each physical bundle 
must contain at least two addressed pieces (except mixed ADC bundles). 
Bundling also is subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.2.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

5.2.3 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, 
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed 
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not 
permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate containers). Optional 
SCF trays or alternate containers may be prepared only when there are 
at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. 
Containerization is not required for 5-digit bundles when entered at 
DDU prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 
pounds. Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of 5.2.3b as follows:]
    b. * * * Alternatively, place pieces in trays, alternate containers 
or sacks by the actual piece count or mail weight for each bundle 
destination, provided that documentation shows the number of pieces and 
their total weight in each container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and introductory paragraph of 5.2.4 as follows:]

5.2.4 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.2.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers 
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for 
overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-
digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Resequence current 5.2.4c through e as the new 5.2.4d through f 
and add a new 5.2.4c as follows:]
    c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
    1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
    2. For Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
    [Delete resequenced 5.2.4f in its entirety and add 5.2.4f through h 
as follows:]
    f. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
    h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More

* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 5.3.2 as follows:]

5.3.2 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, 
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches 20 pounds. Smaller 
volumes are not permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate 
containers). Optional 5-digit scheme and optional SCF trays or 
alternate containers or sacks may be prepared only when there are at 
least 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted. Containerization is 
not required for 5-digit bundles when prepared for and entered at DDU 
prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 pounds.

[[Page 13733]]

    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.3 
as follows:]

5.3.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers 
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for 
overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or 
sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Renumber current 5.3.3c through e as the new 5.3.3d through f and 
add a new 5.3.3c as follows:]
    c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:
    1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.
    2. For Line 2, ``PSVC IRREG SCF.''
* * * * *
    [Delete renumbered 5.3.3 f and add new 5.3.3 f through h as 
follows:]
    f. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
    h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''

5.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels Not Claiming DNDC Prices

    [Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

5.4.1 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, 
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed 
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not 
permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers). 
Optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks 
may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted. 
Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.4.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
bundle destination, provided that documentation can be provided with 
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for 
each container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.4.2 as follows:]

5.4.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 
4.4 for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, ``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, ``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete current 5.4.2c in its entirety and add new 5.4.2c and d as 
follows:]
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''

5.5 Preparing Machinable Parcels Claiming DNDC Prices

    [Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

5.5.1 Containerization

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, 
approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity 
of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed 
pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not 
permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers). 
Optional 5-digit scheme and optional ASF trays or alternate containers 
may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 
pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted. See 
466.4.0 for DNDC price eligibility. Containerization is also subject to 
these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.5.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with 
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for 
each container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.5.2 as follows:]

5.5.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.5.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 
4.4 for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH 5D SCHEME'' or ``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.''
* * * * *
    [Delete current 5.5.2d in its entirety and add new 5.5.2d and e as 
follows:]
    d. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''

[[Page 13734]]

    e. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''

6.0 Preparing Carrier Route Parcels

6.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *

6.1.2 Separation

    [Revise 6.1.2 as follows:]
    Pieces for each zone must be separately placed in trays, approved 
alternate containers or sacks. When presented for verification, trays, 
alternate containers or sacks must be separated by zone. Exception: 
Pieces for different zones may be containerized together, and the 
containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the 
mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0, or under 6.1.3, 
Commingling Zones.
* * * * *

6.2 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds

6.2.1 Bundle Preparation

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 6.2.1 
as follows:]
    Bundling is not required in direct carrier route trays or approved 
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.2.2 and text of the introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

6.2.2 Containerization

    Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or 
prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must 
prepare a direct carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate 
container when the quantity of mail for an individual carrier route 
reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs 
first; smaller volumes are not permitted. Mailers then must place 
remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 
containers or 5-digit carrier routes trays or alternate containers, 
which have no minimum container size. Carrier route containers also are 
subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with 
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for 
each container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.2.3 and text of the introductory sentence as 
follows:]

6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
466.2.7. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:
    [Revise items 6.2.3a through c as follows:]
    a. Carrier route: required; sacking permitted; for Line 1, use 
city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas 
military mail).
    b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes: Optional (no minimum); sacking 
permitted; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.
    c. 5-digit carrier routes: Required (no minimum); sacking 
permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code 
destination of bundles (for military mail, the ZIP Code is preceded by 
the prefixes under 4.3).
    [Revise title of 6.2.4 as follows:]

6.2.4 Tray Label Line 2

* * * * *

6.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3 as follows:]
    Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or 
prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.6. When preparing irregular 
parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, place parcels 
only in direct carrier route containers. Each carrier route container 
must contain a minimum of 20 pounds. Required preparation:
* * * * *

6.4 Preparing Machinable Parcels

    [Revise title of 6.4.1 and text of introductory paragraph as 
follows:]

6.4.1 Required Carrier Route Containerization

    Machinable parcels may be prepared only in direct carrier route 
containers. Each carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate 
container must contain a minimum of 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, 
whichever occurs first. Carrier route trays, sacks or alternate 
containers also are subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.4.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
or container by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with 
the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for 
each container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.4.2 as follows:]

6.4.2 Tray Label

* * * * *

466 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.7 as follows:]

2.7 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, 
separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service 
area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or 
the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such 
separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative 
containers in accordance with 465.0 and segregated from the remainder 
of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of 
these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a 
conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or 
present them separately to acceptance personnel.

3.0 Destination Entry

3.1 General

    [Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]
    * * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by 
the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of 
container the mail is in (tray, alternate container, sack or pallet). * 
* *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 3.7 as follows:]

3.7 Mailings of Uncontainerized Bundles

    Mailers may present untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized 
bundles

[[Page 13735]]

of BPM irregular parcels that are properly prepared for and entered at 
DDU prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. Pieces in 
these bundles are not eligible for barcode discounts.
* * * * *

4.0 Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry

4.1 Eligibility

    Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are 
eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following 
conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.1d as follows:]
    d. Are placed in a tray, approved alternate container, sack or on a 
pallet that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited, or labeled to 
a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area (see Exhibit 
4.4).
* * * * *

4.3 Presorted Machinable Parcels

    [Revise 4.3 as follows:]
    Presorted machinable parcels in trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, or on pallets, at all sort levels may claim DNDC 
prices. Machinable parcels containerized under 465.5.0, or palletized 
under 705.8.0 may be sorted to destination NDCs under L601 or to 
destination NDCs and ASFs under L601 and L602. Except as provided in 
Exhibit 4.4, sortation of machinable parcels to ASFs is optional but is 
required for the ASF mail to be eligible for DNDC prices. Mailers may 
opt to sort some or all machinable parcels for ASF service area ZIP 
Codes to ASFs only when the mail will be deposited at the respective 
ASFs where the DNDC prices are claimed, under applicable volume 
standards, using L602. Mailers also may opt to sort machinable parcels 
only to destination NDCs under L601. When machinable parcels are sorted 
under L601, only mail for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by a NDC as listed 
in Exhibit 4.4 is eligible for DNDC prices (i.e., mail for 3-digit ZIP 
Codes served by an ASF in Exhibit 4.4 is not eligible for DNDC prices, 
nor are 3-digit ZIP Codes that do not appear on Exhibit 4.4).
    [Delete items 4.3a and b in their entirety.]

4.4 Presorted Irregular Parcels

    [Revise item 4.4 as follows:]
    Presorted irregular parcels in trays, approved alternate containers 
or on pallets at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. All pieces in 
an ADC tray or alternate container, or in a palletized ADC bundle, are 
eligible for the DNDC price if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown in 
Line 1 of the corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the 
destination of the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC 
tray label for that facility using L004, Column B) is within the 
service area of the NDC at which the tray or alternate container is 
deposited under Exhibit 4.4. Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate 
containers must be prepared for pieces eligible for and claimed at the 
DNDC price and for parcels not claimed at the DNDC price. Use the 
``label to'' ZIP Code for the ADC to assign ADC bundles to the 
respective mixed ADC tray or alternate container. Use the address on 
the parcels to assign parcels to the respective mixed ADC bundle, tray 
or alternate container, as appropriate. Mail must be entered at the 
appropriate facility under 4.1.
* * * * *

4.5 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels

    [Revise the text of 4.5 as follows:]
    Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays, 
sacks or alternate containers may claim DNDC prices. Mail must be 
entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.
* * * * *

5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 5.2 through 5.5 as follows:]

5.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels

    Presorted machinable parcels in trays, alternate containers, sacks, 
or on pallets, at the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit sort levels may claim 
DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 
5.1.

5.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels

    Presorted irregular parcels in trays, alternate containers or 
sacks, at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels, or 
on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort 
levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate 
facility under 5.1.

5.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels

    Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays, 
sacks or alternate containers may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be 
entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.

5.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels

    Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays, sacks or alternate 
containers at all sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail 
must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.

6.0 Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry

* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 6.2 through 6.5 as follows:]

6.2 Presorted Machinable Parcels

    Presorted machinable parcels in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, 
alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 
pallets, may claim DDU prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate 
facility under 6.1.

6.3 Presorted Irregular Parcels

    Presorted irregular parcels in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit trays, 
alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets, 
or prepared as uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may claim DDU prices. 
Mailers must enter mail at the appropriate facility under 6.1.

6.4 Carrier Route Machinable Parcels

    Carrier Route machinable parcels sorted to carrier route trays, 
sacks or alternate containers may claim DDU prices. Mail must be 
entered at the appropriate facility under 6.1.

6.5 Carrier Route Irregular Parcels

    Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays or alternate containers, 
on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets, or prepared as uncontainerized 
carrier route bundles may claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter mail at 
the appropriate facility under 6.1.

470 Media Mail

473 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Price Eligibility for Media Mail Parcels

* * * * *

3.4 Price Categories for Media Mail

    Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without 
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
    [Revise the first sentence of 3.4a as follows:]
    a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and 
sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 475.5.0 or to 5-
digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
* * * * *

[[Page 13736]]

475 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3b as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers 
and sacks) for Media Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address 
on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones processed 
by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add 
a new 1.4b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Media Mail parcels yields 5-digit 
scheme trays approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those 
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays approved alternate 
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a 
single minimum volume (if required), with no further separation by 5-
digit ZIP Code required. Trays approved alternate containers, sacks or 
pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces 
for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-
digit scheme sorted and are labeled accordingly. * * *
    [Redesignate resequenced 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f through j 
and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
    e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray/sack contains 
all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit 
scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is 
verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) area is served, 
as indicated in L005, a separate tray/sack must be prepared for each. 
These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations 
must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets 
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder 
of the mailing under 476.2.1.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is 
subject to these standards:
    a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct 
tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its 
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: white or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise 4.4a and b as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as 
specified by standards.
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested 
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS 
labeling information). * * *

4.6 Electronic Verification System

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
    All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing 
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification 
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives 
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and 
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

[[Page 13737]]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general 
standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Media Mail Parcels

* * * * *

5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels

    [Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]

5.2.1 Containerization

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the 
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's 
option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared 
when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes 
are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers). 
Containerization also is subject to these conditions:
    [Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
    a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be 
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be 
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
    [Revise the second sentence of item 5.2.1b as follows:]
    b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece 
count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch 
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing 
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and 
their total weight.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]

5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); 
sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers 
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for 
overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2 c and d as 
follows:]
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
* * * * *

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels

5.3.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of 
5.3.1 as follows:]
    * * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays, 
approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in 
an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and 
the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical 
bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 
pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed 
pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing 
(divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the 
resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 10-piece 
or 10-pound minimum applies), or bundle by the actual piece count or 
mail weight for each container, if documentation can be provided with 
the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of 
pieces in each bundle and their total weight.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]

5.3.3 Containerization

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the 
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's 
option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the 
quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not 
permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 
containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed 
pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed 
ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
    [Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
    a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be 
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be 
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
    [Revise the second sentence of 5.3.3b as follows:
    b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual 
piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch 
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing 
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in 
each container and their total weight.
    [Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
    c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which 
containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under 
705.2.9.
    [Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 5.3.4 as follows:]

5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as

[[Page 13738]]

described in 476.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); 
sacking allowed; when making these separations; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 
4.3 for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as 
follows:]
    d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L601, Column B.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''

476 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, 
separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels 
origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or 
sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post 
Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant 
where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be 
trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 475.0 and 
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate 
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize 
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin 
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance 
personnel.

480 Library Mail

483 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Price Eligibility for Library Mail Parcels

* * * * *

3.4 Price Categories for Library Mail

    Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without 
regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:
    [Revise the first sentence 3.4a as follows:]
    a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and 
sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 485.5.0 or to 5-
digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 
705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *
* * * * *

485 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.3 Terms for Presort Levels

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.3b as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers 
and sacks) for Library Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery 
address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones 
processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.
* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Definitions and Instructions

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add 
a new 1.4b as follows:]
    b. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]
    d. A 5-digit scheme sort for Library Mail parcels yields 5-digit 
scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those 
5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes 
in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a 
single minimum volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code 
required. Trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets 
prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only 
one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-digit 
scheme sorted. * * *
    [Redesignate resequenced items 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f 
through j and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]
    e. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray or alternate 
container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP 
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service 
area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) 
area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or alternate 
container must be prepared for each. These separations are optional, 
but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, 
approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within 
the origin SCF area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing 
under 486.2.1.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 1.5 as follows:]

1.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]

3.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

    [Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]

3.1 Standard Containers

    If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-
digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]

3.2 Tray Preparation

    All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is 
subject to these standards:

[[Page 13739]]

    a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct 
tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its 
contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.
    [Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]

4.0 Tray Labels

4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise 4.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    [Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]

4.2 Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label

    [Revise 4.2 as follows:]
    A tray label must meet these specifications:
    a. Color: white or manila.
    b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of 
automation-compatible flats, optional for others).
    c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 
inches maximum.
    d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 
inches maximum.

4.3 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, 
from left to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP 
Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes 
within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 
5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.

4.4 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise items 4.4a and b as follows:]
    a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. 
This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in 
the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as 
specified by standards.
    b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 
2 of tray labels.
* * * * *

4.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]
    Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer 
information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the 
tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested 
using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS 
labeling information). * * *

4.6 Electronic Verification System

    [Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]
    All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing 
parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification 
System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show ``eVS'' (or the alternatives 
``EVS'' or ``E-VS'') directly below Line 3 using the same size and 
lettering used for Line 3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 4.9 as follows:]

4.9 Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels

    Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded 
tray labels.
    When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
    a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.
    b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 
708.6.0.
    c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do 
not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.
    d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be 
used on trays or alternate containers.

5.0 Preparing Library Mail Parcels

* * * * *

5.2 Preparing Machinable Parcels

    [Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]

5.2.1 Containerization

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the 
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's 
option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared 
when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes 
are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers). 
Containerization also is subject to these conditions:
    [Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]
    a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be 
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be 
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
    [Revise the second sentence 5.2.1b as follows:]
    b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece 
count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch 
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing 
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and 
their total weight.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]

5.2.2 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); 
sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers 
or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for 
overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, 
``PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2c and d as 
follows:]
    c. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''
    d. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 
3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC MACH WKG.''

[[Page 13740]]

5.3 Preparing Irregular Parcels

5.3.1 Required Bundling

    [Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of 
5.3.1 as follows:]
    * * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays, 
approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in 
an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and 
the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical 
bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit 
trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 
pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed 
pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]
    b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the 
minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire 
mailing, or bundle by the actual piece count or mail weight for each 
container, if documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows 
the number of pieces in each bundle and their total weight for each 
container.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]

5.3.3 Containerization

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers 
must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the 
quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 
addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's 
option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the 
quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not 
permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme 
containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed 
pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed 
ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:
    [Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]
    a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be 
containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be 
containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.
    [Revise the second sentence 5.3.3b as follows:]
    b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual 
piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch 
minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing 
that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in 
each container and their total weight.
    [Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]
    c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which 
containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under 
705.2.9.
    [Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 5.4.2 as 
follows:]

5.3.4 Containerization and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks 
destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 
486.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); 
sacking allowed; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 
4.3 for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers 
or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.'' For 5-digit trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks, ``PSVC IRREG 5D.''
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as 
follows:]
    d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L601, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG NDC.''
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
* * * * *

486 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *
    [Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]

2.0 Presenting a Mailing

2.1 Segregation of Origin SCF Trays

    Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, 
separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels 
origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or 
sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post 
Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant 
where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be 
trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 485.0 and 
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate 
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize 
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin 
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance 
personnel.

500 Additional Services

* * * * *

507 Mailer Services

* * * * *

11.0 Merchandise Return Service

* * * * *

11.7 Priority Mail Reshipment

* * * * *
    [Revise the title of 11.7.3 as follows:]

11.7.3 Container Tag

    [Revise the first sentence of 11.7.3 as follows:]
    If a sack, or approved alternate container is used as the mail 
container for Priority Mail reshipment, the permit holder must provide 
a tag and an address label containing the delivery address of the 
postage due unit at the Post Office where the permit is held, the 
permit holder's address, a space for the customer's return address, and 
otherwise meet the format standards in 11.6 for each affected postal 
facility. * * *
* * * * *

700 Special Standards

* * * * *

705 Advanced Preparation and Special Postage Payment Systems

1.0 Customized MarketMail

* * * * *

1.4 Preparation Standards

* * * * *

[[Page 13741]]

1.4.5 Required Bundling

    [Revise the first sentence of 1.4.5 as follows:]
    Bundling is required before traying or filling other mailing 
containers. * * *
* * * * *

1.4.7 Required Containerizing

    The following standards apply to containerizing CMM pieces:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 1.4.7b as follows:]
    b. Bundles in drop shipment mailings under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must 
be placed in letter trays, flat trays, or approved alternate 
containers.
* * * * *

1.4.8 Containerizing and Labeling

    Prepare and label containers as follows:
    [Revise 1.4.8a as follows:]
    a. Drop shipments under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be prepared in 5-
digit trays or approved alternate containers, or as an option, in 5-
digit scheme (under L606, Column B), carrier route, or 5-digit carrier 
routes trays or containers, labeled as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.8a2 and 8a3 as follows:]
    2. Line 2: ``DEL LTR STD CMM MAN'' (for letter trays); ``DEL FLTS 
STD CMM MAN'' (for flat trays); ``DEL STD CMM MAN'' (for other approved 
alternate containers).
    3. Line 3: Office of mailing or mailer information (see 707.21.0).
* * * * *

6.0 Combining Mailings of Standard Mail, Package Services, and Parcel 
Select Parcels

6.1 Basic Standards for Combining Parcels and NFMs

6.1.1 Basic Standards

    Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, Package Services, and Parcel Select 
parcels in combined mailings must meet the following standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of 6.1.1d as follows:]
    d. * * * Pieces claimed at other prices in the same flat tray or 
approved alternate container or on the same pallet do not count towards 
these minimum volume requirements.
* * * * *

6.2 Combining Parcels and NFMs--DNDC Entry

* * * * *

6.2.2 Additional Standards

    Standard Mail machinable parcels, NFMs 6 ounces or more, and 
Package Services and Parcel Select machinable parcels prepared for DNDC 
entry must meet the following conditions in addition to the basic 
standards in 6.1:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.2.2d as follows:]
    d. Mailers must prepare all parcels on pallets or in pallet boxes 
under 8.0; or in flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks 
under 6.2.3, or to achieve the finest level of sortation.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of introductory sentence of 6.2.3 as 
follows:]

6.2.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise the opening paragraphs of 6.2.3a and b as follows:]
    a. 5-digit scheme, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit 
price eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted; 
labeling:
* * * * *
    b. 5-digit, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit price 
eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted; labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete 6.2.3e in its entirety and add new 6.2.3e and f as 
follows:]
    e. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L601, Column C, based on information 
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 
Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD/PSVC MACH WKG.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD/PSVC MACH WKG.''
* * * * *

6.3 Combining Parcels--Parcel Select ONDC Presort, NDC Presort, DSCF, 
and DDU Prices

* * * * *

6.3.2 Preparation and Prices

    Combined parcels must be prepared as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.2b as follows:]
    b. Parcel Select or Bound Printed Matter Qualifying for DSCF 
Prices. Mailers must prepare the combined mailings under the 5-digit 
scheme and 5-digit tray, sack or approved alternate container 
requirements in 455.4.2 or the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallet 
requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel Select DSCF prices. All other 
requirements for Parcel Select DSCF prices and Standard Mail prices 
must be met. The following additional requirements apply:
    [Revise 6.3.2b1 as follows:]
    1. If trayed, sacked or placed in approved alternate containers 
under 455.4.2, the minimum requirement of seven pieces per tray, sack 
or container must be met with only Package Services and Parcel Select 
parcels. After the minimum tray, sack or container volume has been met; 
Standard Mail parcels may be included in the same tray, sack or 
container or in overflow trays, sacks or containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.3.2b5 as follows:]
    5. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme pallet and tray labels must read: 
``STD/PSVC MACH 5D SCH.'' Line 2 of 5-digit pallet and tray labels must 
read: ``STD/PSVC MACH 5D.''
* * * * *

7.0 Combining Package Services and Parcel Select Parcels for 
Destination Entry

* * * * *

7.1 Combining Parcels--DSCF and DDU Entry

7.1.1 Qualification

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 7.1.1 
as follows:]
    Mailers may combine Package Services and Parcel Select parcels in 
5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate 
containers or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets for entry either at 
a destination sectional center facility (DSCF) or a destination 
delivery unit (DDU) when authorized by the USPS under 7.5. * * *

7.1.2 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 7.1.2 as follows:]
    All Package Services and Parcel Select parcels that meet the 
following conditions may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat 
trays, sacks or approved alternate containers or 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit pallets under these conditions:
* * * * *

[[Page 13742]]

    [Revise the first sentence of 7.1.2c as follows:]
    c. All parcels must be prepared in flat trays, sacks or approved 
alternate containers under 7.2 or on pallets under 7.3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 7.1.3 as follows:]

7.1.3 Combined Parcels Prepared in Trays or Sacks--Price Eligibility

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.1.3 and items 7.1.3a 
through e as follows:]
    In addition to the applicable standards in 455.4.0 and 466.3.0 
through 466.6.0 for destination entry Parcel Select and Bound Printed 
Matter, the following standards apply for combined parcels prepared in 
flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers:
    a. Parcel Select DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit 
scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, 
each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and 
Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the 
DSCF price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.2 are met. Parcel Select DDU prices 
apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit 
trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of 
any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are 
in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all 
other requirements for the DDU price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.1 are met.
    b. Presorted Bound Printed Matter DSCF prices apply to parcels that 
are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, 
each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and 
Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 
alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the 
DSCF price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met. Presorted Bound Printed 
Matter DDU prices apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme 
and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each containing at 
least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package 
Services mail, or contained in overflow trays, sacks or alternate 
containers under 7.2.2, provided all other requirements for the DDU 
price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met.
    c. Presorted Library Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are 
in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers 
sacks, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select 
and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or 
alternate containers under 7.2.2.
    d. Presorted Media Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are in 
5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each 
with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package 
Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate 
containers under 7.2.2.
    e. Single-piece price parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 
pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, 
or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 
7.2.2, qualify for single-piece prices.
    [Revise title and text 7.1.4 as follows:]

7.1.4 Containerization

    Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate 
containers may be prepared. Each tray, sack or alternate container of 
combined Parcel Select and Package Services mail must contain at least 
10 pieces. One overflow tray, alternate container or sack containing 
fewer than 10 pieces is permitted per destination.
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.15 as 
follows:]

7.1.5 Labeling

    Tray labels must be prepared as follows:
* * * * *

7.2 Combining Parcel Select and Package Services Machinable Parcels for 
DNDC Entry

* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.2.3 
as follows:]

7.2.3 Containerization and Labeling

    Preparation sequence, container type, and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening sentence of items 7.2.3c and d as follows:]
    c. ASF, optional, allowed only for mail deposited at an ASF to 
claim DNDC price, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or approved 
alternate containers required; labeling:
* * * * *
    d. NDC, required,10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or 
approved alternate containers required; labeling:
* * * * *

8.0 Preparing Pallets

* * * * *

8.2 Top Caps

8.2.1 Use

    Top caps are used as follows:
    [Revise 8.2.1a as follows:]
    a. Except as provided below, all pallets or pallet boxes must be 
top-capped if the pallets are stacked two, three, or four tiers high 
when presented to the USPS for acceptance.
* * * * *

8.5 General Preparation

8.5.1 Presort

    [Revise 8.5.1, starting with the forth sentence as follows:]
    * * * For trays, approved alternate containers or machinable 
parcels on pallets, the mailer must prepare all required pallet levels 
before preparing any mixed ADC or mixed NDC pallets for a mailing job. 
Bundles that cannot be placed on pallets must be prepared in flat trays 
or other approved alternate containers under the applicable standards. 
Bundle reallocation standards (8.11, 8.13, and 8.14) to protect the 
SCF, ADC, or NDC pallets may result in some bundles of Periodicals 
flats and irregular parcels and Standard Mail flats not being placed on 
the finest level of pallet possible. Mailers must use PAVE-certified 
presort software to prepare mailings using bundle reallocation (bundle 
reallocation is optional, but if performed, it must be done for the 
complete mailing job).

8.5.2 Required Preparation

    The following standards apply to Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel 
Select, and Package Services, except Parcel Select mailed at NDC 
Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices.
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.5.2c as follows:]
    c. Trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be prepared on a direct 
pallet must be placed on the appropriate Origin Network Distribution 
Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 Network, Local Surface 
Transport or Extended Surface Network pallet, when the volume reaches 
150 pounds, or three layers of trays, for any pallet level. Mailers may 
optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds or 36 linear feet of 
trays for these pallet levels. Mailers choosing not to make optional 
pallets, or unable to palletize, must prepare bundles in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers under applicable preparation standards.

8.5.3 Minimum Load

    The following minimum load standards apply to mail prepared on 
pallets:

[[Page 13743]]

    a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package 
Services (except for Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort, ONDC Presort, 
DSCF, and DDU prices):
    [Revise 8.5.3a1 as follows:]
    1. In a single mailing, the minimum load per pallet is 250 pounds 
of bundles, parcels, or approved alternate containers, except as 
provided in items 2 through 4 below. When preparing letter trays on 
pallets, the minimum load is 36 linear feet or three layers of trays, 
except as provided in item 3 below.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 8.5.3a6 as follows:]
    6. There is no minimum load for Origin Entry 3-Digit, Origin 
Network Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 
Network, Local Surface Transport or Extended Surface Network pallets.
* * * * *

8.5.5 Maximum Load

    [Revise the first sentence of 8.5.5 as follows:]
    The maximum weight (mail and pallet) is 2,200 pounds. The maximum 
height of a single pallet (mail and pallet) is 77 inches for bundles, 
parcels, approved alternate containers, or pallet boxes, or 77 inches 
or 12 layers of trays (whichever occurs first) for letter trays. * * *

8.5.6 Mail on Pallets

    These standards apply to mail on pallets:
    [Revise 8.5.6a as follows:]
    a. Pieces in trays, bundles, and approved alternate containers must 
be prepared under the standards for the class of mail and price 
claimed.
* * * * *
    [Delete 8.5.6g in its entirety and renumber current 8.5.6h and i as 
the new 8.5.6g and h.]
* * * * *

8.5.9 Address Visibility

    This standard does not apply to the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.5.9b and c as follows:]
    b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) 
approved alternate containers or pallets.
    c. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes 
approved alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 8.5.12 as follows:]

8.5.12 Alternate Containers

    All mailers are required to palletize when possible. Mail that is 
not palletized (e.g. the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the 
USPS acceptance location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do 
not meet the machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be 
prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers under the 
standards for the price claimed. For Periodicals, the mailer must 
separately place bundles of each publication, which are not palletized, 
into flat trays or approved alternate containers. Alternate containers 
that are not palletized must be bedloaded. Alternate containers not 
placed on pallets may be presented with the palletized mail (and 
reported on the same postage statement) if separated from the 
palletized portion of the mailing.
* * * * *

8.8 Basic Uses

    These types of mail may be palletized:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 8.8b and c as follows:]
    b. Bundles of nonletter-size mail not prepared in approved 
alternate containers.
    c. Bundles or parcels in approved alternate containers or in sacks 
(5-digit or 5-digit scheme only).
* * * * *

8.9 Bundles on Pallets

8.9.1 Applicability

    [Revise 8.9.1 as follows:]
    Presort bundles of Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Package Services 
flats and irregular parcels must be placed directly on pallets under 
8.9.2 through 8.9.5 and 8.10. Mail that cannot be placed on pallets 
(e.g. the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the USPS acceptance 
location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do not meet the 
machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be prepared in 
flat trays or approved alternate containers under the applicable 
standards. Flat trays or alternate containers that contain any 
remaining bundles after all pallets are prepared may be presented with 
the palletized portion of the mailing job (and, subject to 8.16.5, 
reported on the same postage statement) if the trayed or containerized 
portion is presented separately from the palletized portion.
* * * * *

8.9.5 Bound Printed Matter

    Bound Printed Matter on pallets must be bundled as follows:
* * * * *
    b. Presorted and Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter:
    [Revise 8.9.5b1 as follows:]
    1. Only individual pieces of flats or irregular parcels that weigh 
less than 10 pounds each may be prepared as bundles on pallets. 
Presorted pieces that weigh 10 or more pounds each must be prepared and 
palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4. Carrier route pieces 
that individually weigh 10 or more pounds each must either be prepared 
and palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4, and qualify for 
Presorted prices or be prepared in alternate containers under 365.6.0 
for flats and 465.6.0 for parcels and qualify for carrier route prices.
* * * * *

8.10 Pallet Presort and Labeling

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 8.10.2 as follows:]

8.10.2 Periodicals--Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers

    [Revise the fourth and last sentence of the introductory paragraph 
of 8.10.2 as follows:]
    * * * For mailings of letter trays or bundles of flat-size pieces 
in approved alternate containers on pallets, pallet preparation begins 
with 8.10.2e. * * * For pieces meeting the standards in 707.26.0, 
mailers may prepare the nonpalletized (residual) portion of a mailing 
in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 10.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2e and f as follows:]
    e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, except for trays; permitted 
for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only 
carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
    f. 5-digit, required, except for trays; permitted for bundles, 
alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only automation 
price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or the 
same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for automation- compatible flats only 
under 301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets 
according to the ``label to'' 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2h through j as 
follows:]
    h. SCF, required, permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and 
trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or 
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Mailers 
may place origin mixed ADC (OMX) containers on origin SCF pallets. 
Labeling:
* * * * *

[[Page 13744]]

    i. ADC, required, permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and 
trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or 
Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L004. Labeling:
* * * * *
    j. Local Surface Transport; required; no minimum, permitted for 
Origin Mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles and alternate containers. Pallet 
may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or presorted price 
mail. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.10.2k as follows:]
    k. Extended Surface Network; required; no minimum; permitted for 
bundles, trays and alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier 
route, automation, and/or presorted mail. Pallets must not contain 
origin mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles or alternate containers. 
labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS,'' as applicable; followed by 
``FLTS,'' ``IRREG,'' or ``LTRS,'' as applicable; followed by 
``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; 
followed by ``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier 
route and/or Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.''
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 8.10.3 as follows:]

8.10.3 Standard Mail--Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers

    [Revise the third and fourth sentences of 8.10.3 as follows:]
    * * * For irregular parcels, use this preparation only for pieces 
in carrier route bundles or bundles placed in approved alternate 
containers. Palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular parcels 
under 8.10.8. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.3b and c as follows:]
    b. 5-digit carrier routes, required except for trays, permitted for 
bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain 
only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
    c. 5-digit, required except for trays, permitted for bundles, trays 
and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only automation 
price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same 
5-digit scheme. 5-digit scheme bundles and alternate containers are 
assigned to 5-digit pallets according to the ``label to'' 5-digit ZIP 
Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 8.10.3e as 
follows:]
    e. SCF, required, permitted for bundles, trays, and approved 
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.3f as follows:]
    f. ASF, required unless bundle reallocation used under 8.13, 
permitted for bundles, trays, and approved alternate containers. Pallet 
may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price 
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC bundles, trays, or 
alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the ``label 
to'' ZIP Code in L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to 
pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.10.3g as follows:]
    g. NDC, required, permitted for bundles, trays, and approved 
alternate containers. Required for the Origin NDC pallet when volume 
reaches 150 pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, 
and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L604 
(L601 for parcels). ADC bundles, trays, or alternate containers are 
assigned to pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004 as 
appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to pallets according to the 
``label to'' ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604 (L601 for parcels).
    2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by 
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``NDC''; followed by 
``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; 
followed by ``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier 
route and/or Presorted price mail. For letters, ``STD LTRS NDC''; 
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by 
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if 
pallet contains nonmachinable letters.
    [Delete 8.10.3h in its entirety and add new 8.10.3h and i as 
follows:]
    h. Tier 2 Network, required, required, permitted for bundles, trays 
and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route, 
automation, and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information 
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 
Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 
Office.
    2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by 
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or 
``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by 
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or 
Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.'' For letters, ``STD LTRS''; 
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by 
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if 
pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by ``WKG.''
    i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 604 
(L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail 
into two north or south directionally-based containers; required; 
permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet 
may contain carrier route, automation, and/or Presorted price mail. 
Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information 
for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post 
Office.
    2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, ``STD'' followed by 
``FLTS'' or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or 
``BC'') if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by 
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or 
Presorted price mail; followed by ``WKG.'' For letters, ``STD LTRS''; 
followed by ``BC'' if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by 
``MACH'' if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if 
pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by ``WKG.''
    [Revise title of 8.10.4 as follows:]

8.10.4 Package Services Flats--Bundles or Alternate Containers

    [Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.4 as follows:]
    * * * For mailings of alternate containers placed on pallets, 
pallet preparation begins with 8.10.4b. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4b and c as follows:]
    b. 5-digit carrier routes, required, permitted for bundles and 
approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route 
mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *

[[Page 13745]]

    c. 5-digit, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail with or 
without a barcode for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme 
under L007 (for automation-compatible flats only under 301.3.0). Five-
digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets according to the ``label 
to'' 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4e through f as 
follows:]
    e. SCF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted mail for 
the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:
* * * * *
    f. ASF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price 
mail with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. 
ADC bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according 
to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, 
appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to 
ASF pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed 
ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces 
destinating within the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.10.4g as follows:]
    g. NDC, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Required for the Origin NDC pallet when volume reaches 150 
pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail 
with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC 
bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to 
the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate 
mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to NDC pallets 
according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles 
and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within 
the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC''; followed by ``BARCODED'' (or ``BC'') 
if pallet contains Presorted price mail with a barcode; followed by 
``NONBARCODED'' (or ``NBC'') if pallet contains carrier route and/or 
Presorted price mail without a barcode.
    [Delete current 8.10.4h in its entirety and add new 8.10.4h and i 
as follows:]
    h. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted for trays, bundles and 
approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or 
Presorted price mail. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS WKG.''
    i. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603, Column B, to 
separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603, Column B, to 
separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; required; permitted for trays, bundles and approved 
alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted 
price mail. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS WKG.''
    [Revise title of 8.10.5 as follows:]

8.10.5 Package Services Irregular Parcels--Bundles or Alternate 
Containers

    [Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.5 as follows:]
    * * * For mailings of approved alternate containers placed on 
pallets, pallet preparation begins with 8.10.5e. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5e and f as follows:]
    e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, permitted for bundles and 
approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route 
mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
    f. 5-digit, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail for the same 
5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5h through j as 
follows:]
    h. SCF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price 
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:
* * * * *
    i. ASF, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price 
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC trays, bundles or 
alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the ``label 
to'' ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC 
bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to ASF pallets according 
to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and 
alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the 
ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
    j. NDC, required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers. No minimum for the Origin NDC pallet. Pallet may contain 
carrier route and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code 
groups in L601. ADC (L004) bundles or approved alternate containers are 
assigned to pallets according to the ``label to'' ZIP Code in L004. At 
the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate 
containers may be sorted to NDC pallets according to the ``label to'' 
ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must 
contain only pieces destinating within the NDC as shown in Exhibit 
6.2.3. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete current 8.10.5k in its entirety and add new items 8.10.5k 
and l as follows:]
    k. Tier 2 Network, required, permitted for bundles and approved 
alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted 
price mail. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''
    l. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; required; permitted for bundles and approved alternate 
containers.
    Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. 
Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the

[[Page 13746]]

3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC IRREG WKG.''

8.10.6 Package Services, Parcel Select

    * * * Pallets must be labeled according to the Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.6d as follows:]
    d. NDC, required. Pallets must contain only parcels or NFMs for the 
3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete current 8.10.6e in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6e 
and f as follows:]
    e. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG,'' ``STD NFM MACH WKG,'' or ``PSVC MACH 
WKG,'' as applicable.
    f. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; required. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG,'' ``STD NFM MACH WKG,'' or ``PSVC MACH 
WKG,'' as applicable.

8.10.7 Standard Mail Machinable Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable Pieces 
Weighing 6 Ounces or More

    * * * Pallets must be labeled according to Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
    [Delete current 8.10.7f in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6 f 
and g as follows:]
    f. Tier 2 Network, required; no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG'' or ``STD NFM MACH WKG'' as applicable.
    g. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; required; no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``STD MACH WKG'' or ``STD NFM MACH WKG'' as applicable.

8.10.8 Standard Mail Irregular Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More

    [Revise the first and last sentence of the introductory paragraph 
of 8.10.8 as follows:]
    Mailers who palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular 
parcels must make pallets or pallet boxes when there are 250 pounds or 
more for the destination levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * 
* * Mailers may not prepare tubes, rolls, and similar pieces or pieces 
that weigh less than 2 ounces on pallets or in pallet boxes, except for 
pieces in carrier route bundles or in alternate containers under 
8.10.3.
* * * * *
    [Delete current 8.10.8g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.8g 
and h as follows:]
    g. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''
    h. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD IRREG WKG.''

8.10.9 Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable Pieces Weighing Less Than 6 
Ounces

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.10.9 
as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare uncontainerized pieces on pallets or in pallet 
boxes when there are 250 pounds or more of NFMs for the destination 
levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * *
* * * * *
    [Delete current 8.10.9g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.9g 
and h as follows:]
    g. Tier 2 Network, required, no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for 
NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
    h. Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance 
locations); if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction 
facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based 
containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate 
the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based 
containers; no minimum. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office
    2. Line 2: ``STD NFM WKG.''
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 8.14 as follows:]

8.14 Pallets of Bundles, Trays, and Alternate Containers

* * * * *
    [Revise title of 8.14.3 as follows:]

8.14.3 NDC and Mixed Tier 2 Network Pallets

    [Revise the last sentence of 8.14.3 as follows:]
    * * * A NDC, tier 2 network or directional tier 2 network (trays 
and approved alternate containers only) pallet may include pieces that 
are eligible for the DNDC price and others that are ineligible
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 8.15 as follows:]

8.15 Approved Alternate Containers

    All flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks remaining 
after all pallets are prepared may be presented with the palletized 
mailing (on the same

[[Page 13747]]

postage statement) if the containers are set apart from the palletized 
portion of the mailing.

8.16 Copalletized Flat-Size Pieces--Periodicals or Standard Mail

* * * * *

8.16.2 Periodicals

    Additional standards are as follows:
* * * * *
    c. * * * Approval is based on the mailer's demonstrated ability to 
provide documentation meeting these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.16.2c6 as follows:]
    6. If a portion of the mailing is placed in approved alternate 
containers and presented with the copalletized portion, a report by 
container showing the number of pieces (and copies) at each presort 
level.
* * * * *

8.18 Parcel Select--Network Distribution Center (NDC) Presort Discount

8.18.1 Machinable Parcels

    To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:
    [Revise the last sentence of 8.18.1a as follows:]
    a. * * * Preparation directly on pallets, or in other containers is 
not permitted.
* * * * *

8.18.2 Nonmachinable Parcels

    To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:
    [Revise the last sentence of 8.18.2a as follows:]
    a. * * * Preparation in other containers, or directly on pallets, 
is not permitted.
* * * * *

8.20 Parcel Select DSCF Prices--Parcels on Pallets

8.20.1 Basic Preparation, Parcels on Pallets

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 8.20.1 as follows:]
    Unless prepared under 8.20.2, in sacks, or approved alternate 
containers, mail must be prepared for the DSCF price as follows:
* * * * *
    c. Overflow. After filling a pallet(s) to a 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, or 3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet 
the minimum pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the 
following ways:
    [Revise text of 8.20.1c1 as follows:]
    1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays 
or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or 
approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack, 
tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit 
scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF 
price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in 
this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.
* * * * *
    [Revise 8.20.1g as follows:]
    g. Separation. If sacks, trays or approved alternate containers 
prepared under 455 are included in the same mailing as pallets prepared 
under this section, at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate 
those sacks, trays or containers that are overflow from the palletized 
mail from those sacks, trays or containers that were prepared under the 
provisions of 455.

8.20.2 Alternate Preparation, Parcels on Pallets

    DSCF price mailings not prepared under 8.20.1 may be prepared as 
follows:
    [Revise the first sentence of 8.20.2a as follows:]
    a. General. All DSCF pieces in the mailing must be sorted to 5-
digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destinations under 8.20.2 (i.e., mail 
prepared under 8.20.1 and mail prepared under 455.4.2 must not be 
included in a mailing prepared under 8.20.2). * * *
* * * * *
    c. Overflow. After filling pallets to a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 
3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet the minimum 
pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the following 
ways:
    [Revise 8.20.2c1 as follows:]
    1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays 
or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or 
approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack, 
tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit 
scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF 
price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in 
this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of 8.20.2g as follows:]
    g. Documentation. * * * This documentation must not include: Pieces 
prepared in overflow sacks, trays or alternate containers at the DSCF 
prices, pieces prepared on overflow pallets at the DNDC prices, or 
pieces claimed at any other price in the mailing.

8.20.3 5-Digit ZIP Codes for Which Pallets May Not Be Prepared

    [Revise the last sentence of 8.20.3 as follows:]
    * * * If a facility cannot handle pallets, the DSCF price is not 
applicable unless the mail can be prepared under the containerization 
requirements in 455.4.2.
    [Revise title of 8.21 as follows:]

8.21 Parcel Select DSCF Prices--Containers on Pallets

    [Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.21 as 
follows:]
    * * * See 8.20.1g for requirements concerning separation of sacks, 
trays or approved alternate containers under 455.4.2 from sacks, trays 
or alternate containers prepared under 8.20.1. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 9.0 as follows:]

9.0 Combining Bundles of Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Trays 
and Alternate Containers

* * * * *

9.2 Periodicals

9.2.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.1 as follows:]
    Bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable barcoded price mailing 
must be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with 
bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable nonbarcoded mailing under 
the following conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 9.2.1b through f as follows:]
    b. The machinable barcoded mailing must meet the eligibility 
criteria in 707.14.0, except that the traying and documentation 
criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the traying 
and documentation criteria in 707.25.0.
    c. The machinable nonbarcoded mailing must meet the eligibility 
criteria in 707.12.0, except that the traying and documentation 
criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the 
criteria in 707.25.0.
    d. The bundles must be sorted into the same trays or approved 
alternate containers under 9.2.3 and 9.2.4.
    e. A complete postage statement(s) must accompany each mailing job 
prepared under these procedures. Standardized documentation under 
708.1.0 must also be submitted with each cotrayed mailing job that 
describes for each tray sortation level the number of pieces qualifying 
for each applicable price.

[[Page 13748]]

    f. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays 
or containers.
* * * * *

9.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the second sentence of 9.2.3 as follows:]
    * * * These low-volume bundles may be placed in 5-digit, 3-digit, 
and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces 
or on 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets. * * *
    [Revise title of 9.2.4 as follows:]

9.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.4 as follows:]
    Machinable barcoded price and machinable nonbarcoded price bundles 
must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or combined in 
approved alternate containers in the sequence listed below. Trays or 
containers must be labeled under 9.2.4a through g for Lines 1 and 2 and 
707.21.0 for other tray label criteria.
    [Revise 9.2.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required only for pieces 
meeting the criteria in 301.3.0; 24-piece minimum, fewer pieces not 
permitted; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or containers, use L007, 
Column B. For 5-digit trays, sacks or containers, use city, state, and 
5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' as applicable and, for 5-digit 
scheme trays or containers, ``FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC''; for 5-digit trays or 
containers, ``FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4f as follows:]
    f. Local Surface Transport, required, required for any remaining 
pieces for destinations in L201, Column B, corresponding to the origin 
ZIP Code in Column A. There is no minimum for the number of pieces in 
the tray or authorized container, but bundles of fewer than six pieces 
at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are not permitted.
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4g as follows:]
    g. Extended Surface Network, required, no minimum, except that 
bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle 
levels are not permitted. Labeling:
* * * * *

9.2.5 Optional Tray Preparation--Machinable Flat-Size Pieces

    [Revise the first sentence of 9.2.5 as follows:]
    As an option, mailers may place unbundled and bundled machinable 
pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 707.20.4). * 
* *
* * * * *

9.3 Standard Mail

9.3.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 9.3.1 as follows:]
    Bundles of flats in an automation mailing must be cotrayed or 
placed in approved alternate containers with bundles of flats in a 
Presorted mailing under the following conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 9.3.1c and d as follows:]
    c. The automation mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 
343.7.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.3.1, 
9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in 345.7.0.
    d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 
343.2.0 and 343.3.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria 
in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in 
345.5.0.
    [Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1e as follows:]
    e. * * * The prices for pieces in the Presorted price mailing are 
based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the level of tray or 
alternate container in which they are placed under 343.3.6 and 343.3.7.
* * * * *
    [Revise 9.3.1g as follows:]
    g. The bundles prepared from the automation mailing and the bundles 
prepared from the Presorted mailing must be sorted into the same trays 
or alternate containers as described in 9.3.4 and 9.3.5.
    [Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1h as follows:]
    h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement, 
standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each 
cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container 
sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for each automation 
price and the number of pieces qualifying for each Presorted price.
    [Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
    i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays 
or alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 9.3.4 as follows:]

9.3.4 Traying or Containerization Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules

    When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is 
specified for a tray or authorized alternative container sortation 
level in 9.3.5, the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.
    [Revise title of 9.3.5 as follows:]

9.3.5 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.3.5 as follows:]
    Presorted and automation bundles prepared under 9.3.2 and 9.3.3 
must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or placed in 
authorized alternate containers, in the sequence listed below. Trays or 
alternate containers must be labeled using 9.3.5a through g for Lines 1 
and 2, and 345.4.0 for other tray label criteria.
    [Revise 9.3.5a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required, only for pieces 
meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; 125-piece/15-
pound minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column 
B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP 
Code destination on pieces.
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, ``STD FLT 5D SCH 
BC/NBC''; for 5-digit sacks, ``STD FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
* * * * *
    [Delete current 9.3.5e in its entirety and add new items 9.3.5e 
through g as follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS NDC BC/NBC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
* * * * *

9.4 Bound Printed Matter

9.4.1 Basic Standards

    Bundles of flat-size pieces in a Presorted mailing qualifying for 
and

[[Page 13749]]

claiming the barcode discount under 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0 must 
be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with bundles 
of presorted flat-size pieces not claiming the barcode discount under 
the following conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 9.4.1c and d as follows:]
    c. The Presorted barcode-discount mailing must meet the eligibility 
criteria in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation 
standards in 365.7.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the 
documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.
    d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 
363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation standards in 
365.5.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the documentation 
criteria in 9.4.1h.
* * * * *
    [Revise 9.4.1g as follows:]
    g. The bundles must be sorted into the same tray or alternate 
container as described in 9.4.4.
    [Revise the second sentence of 9.4.1h as follows:]
    h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement, 
standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each 
cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container 
sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for the barcode 
discount and the number of pieces qualifying for each applicable 
Presorted price.
    [Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]
    i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays 
or alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 9.4.4 as follows:]

9.4.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.4.4 as follows:]
    Bundles of Presorted pieces qualifying for and claiming the barcode 
discount and Presorted pieces prepared under 9.4.2 or 9.4.3 must be 
presorted together in trays (cotrayed), or combined in approved 
alternate containers, using the following preparation sequence and 
labeling:
    [Revise 9.4.4a as follows:]
    a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required, only for pieces 
meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 20 
addressed pieces; labeling:
    1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column 
B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP 
Code destination on pieces.
    2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, ``PSVC FLT 5D 
SCH BC/NBC''; for 5-digit trays or containers, ``PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.''
    [Revise the opening paragraph of item b as follows:]
    b. 3-digit, required, except for optional bundles with 3-digit ZIP 
Code prefixes indicated by an ``N'' in L002, when optional SCF trays or 
containers are prepared; minimum 20 addressed pieces; labeling:
* * * * *
    [Delete current 9.4.4e in its entirety and add new items 9.4.4e 
through g as follows:]
    e. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no 
minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS NDC BC/NBC.''
    f. Tier 2 Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
    g. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if 
the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 
L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west 
directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use 
Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or 
south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: L604, Column C.
    2. Line 2: ``PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.''
    [Revise title of 705.10 as follows:]

10.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets or in Trays Using the City 
State Product

10.1 Periodicals

10.1.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.1 as follows:]
    Carrier route bundles in a carrier route mailing may be placed on 
the same pallet or in the same tray or approved alternate container as 
5-digit bundles from a machinable barcoded mailing and 5-digit bundles 
from a machinable nonbarcoded mailing (including pieces cobundled under 
11.0) under the following conditions:
    [Revise 10.1.1a as follows:]
    a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless 
cobundled under 11.0 using 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme 
(L008) bundle preparation, and trayed or placed in alternate containers 
under 10.1.4.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 10.1.1c as follows:]
    c. Pieces in the machinable price mailing must meet the flats 
criteria in 301.3.0. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise 10.1.1e through j as follows:]
    e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed in combined 
in approved alternate containers with machinable barcoded 5-digit 
bundles, machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit bundles, and cobundled 5-digit 
bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' 
indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State 
Product indicating eligibility for such copalletization or cotraying. 
Containers of mail sorted in this manner are called ``merged 5-digit'' 
pallets or trays. Containers of mail sorted in this manner for which 
scheme (L001) sortation is also performed are called ``merged 5-digit 
scheme'' pallets or trays. Pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles may 
not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.
    f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit 
pallets, trays or approved alternate containers must be prepared for 
all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the City 
State Product that permits such preparation when there is enough volume 
for the 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare such a tray or alternate container 
under 10.1.4 or such a pallet under 10.1.5. In addition, all possible 
merged 5-digit scheme trays or containers must be prepared under 
10.1.4, or all possible merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme 
pallets must be prepared under 10.1.5.
    g. For mailings prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, 
mailers may not combine firm bundles and 5-digit scheme pieces in 5-
digit scheme bundles or in 5-digit scheme trays or containers. Firm 
bundles must be placed in a separate individual 5-digit tray or 
container under 10.1.4g to maintain 5-digit price eligibility. Mailers 
may combine firm bundles with 5-digit scheme, 3-digit scheme, and other 
presort destination bundles in carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, 
ADC, and mixed ADC trays or containers. Only an In-County firm bundle 
can contribute toward the six-piece minimum for price eligibility.
    h. The bundles from each separated mailing must be sorted together 
into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.1.4 or 
on pallets (copalletized) under 10.1.5 using presort software that is 
PAVE-certified.
    i. A complete, signed postage statement(s), using the correct USPS 
form or an approved facsimile, must accompany each mailing job prepared

[[Page 13750]]

under these procedures. In addition to the postage statement(s), 
documentation prepared by PAVE-certified software must be submitted 
with each cotrayed or copalletized mailing job that describes for each 
tray or container sortation level and tray or container, or each pallet 
sortation level and pallet, the number of pieces qualifying for each 
applicable price.
    j. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays 
or alternate containers.

10.1.2 Bundle Preparation

    Bundles must be prepared as follows:
    [Revise the first sentence of 10.1.2a as follows:]
    a. Trayed mailings, or mailings prepared in approved alternate 
containers. * * *
* * * * *

10.1.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 10.1.3 
as follows:]
    * * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared 
on pallets, trayed or placed in approved alternate containers as 
follows:
    a. Place low-volume carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit scheme, and 3-
digit bundles in only the following containers:
    [Revise 10.1.3a1 through a3 as follows:]
    1. Carrier route, merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier 
routes, merged 5-digit, 5-digit carrier routes, 5-digit, 3-digit, and 
SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces.
    2. Merged 3-digit trays or alternate containers that contain at 
least one six-piece carrier route bundle.
    3. Origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise 10.1.3b as follows:]
    b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 
3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 
pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers, or on 3-
digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.
    [Revise title of 10.1.4 as follows:]

10.1.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.4 as follows:]
    Mailers must prepare trays or approved alternate containers for the 
individual carrier route and 5-digit bundles from the carrier route, 
barcoded, and nonbarcoded price mailings in the mailing job in the 
following manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed 
in trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4e and 
10.1.4h as described below. When sorting is performed under this 
section, mailers must prepare merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate 
containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 
containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers for all 
possible 5-digit schemes or 5-digit ZIP Codes as applicable, using L001 
(merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort only) and 
the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product when there 
is enough volume for the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare 
such trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4. Mailers must label 
trays or alternate containers according to the Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 707.20.1. If a mailing job does not 
contain barcoded pieces and the carrier route pieces and the 
nonbarcoded pieces are irregular parcel shaped, use ``IRREG'' for the 
processing category on the contents line of the label.
* * * * *
    [Revise the last two sentences of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4b 
as follows:]
    b. * * * For 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme that has a ``B'' or 
``D'' indicator in the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate 
container(s) under 10.1.4g and 10.1.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not 
included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate containers under 
10.1.4d through 10.1.4h. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4c as 
follows:]
    c. * * * Mailers must prepare this tray or container if there are 
any carrier route bundle(s) for such a scheme. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the second sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4e as 
follows:]
    e. * * * Include only carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code 
remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a 
through 10.1.4d. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of items 10.1.4h and i as follows:]
    h. Merged 3-digit. May contain carrier route bundles, any 5-digit 
and 5-digit scheme bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate 
containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4g, and any 3-digit and 3-digit 
scheme bundles. When preparation of this tray level is permitted, 
mailers must prepare a tray or alternate container if there are any 
remaining carrier route bundles for the 3-digit area. Required with at 
least one six-piece carrier route bundle. Must contain at least one 
carrier route bundle for the 3-digit area, or a minimum of 24 pieces. 
Labeling:
* * * * *
    i. SCF through extended surface network. Any 5-digit scheme and 5-
digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers 
under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4h and all 3-digit, 3-digit scheme, ADC, 
origin mixed ADC, and mixed ADC bundles must be trayed or placed in 
alternate containers and labeled under 9.2 for cotraying of barcoded 
and nonbarcoded bundles, except if there are no barcoded bundles in the 
mailing job, tray or place in an alternate container and label under 
707.22.6, or if there are no nonbarcoded price bundles in the mailing 
job, tray or containerize and label under 707.25.4.
* * * * *

10.2 Standard Mail

10.2.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.2.1 as follows:]
    Carrier route bundles from a carrier route mailing may be placed on 
the same pallet, in the same tray or in an approved alternate container 
as 5-digit bundles from an automation mailing and 5-digit bundles from 
a Presorted mailing (including pieces cobundled under 11.0) under the 
following conditions:
    [Revise 10.2.1a as follows:]
    a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless 
cobundled under 11.0 utilizing 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme 
(L008) bundle preparation and trayed or placed in alternate containers 
under 10.1.4.
* * * * *
    [Revise items 10.2.1e through g as follows:]
    e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed or placed in 
alternate containers with automation 5-digit bundles, Presorted 5-digit 
bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes 
that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators 
field in the City State Product indicating eligibility for such 
copalletization or cotraying. Containers of mail sorted in this manner 
are called ``merged 5-digit'' pallets, trays or containers. Containers 
of mail sorted in this manner for which scheme (L001) sortation is also 
performed are called ``merged 5-digit scheme'' pallets, trays or 
containers. Pieces in 5-digit scheme

[[Page 13751]]

(L007) bundles may not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.
    f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit 
pallets, trays or alternate containers must be prepared for all 5-digit 
ZIP Codes with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the City State Product 
that permits such preparation when there is enough volume for the 5-
digit ZIP Code to prepare that pallet, tray or container.
    g. For trayed or containerized mailings, the prices for pieces in 
the carrier route mailing are based on the criteria in 343.6.0, the 
prices for pieces in the automation mailing are applied based on the 
number of pieces in the bundle and the level of bundle to which they 
are sorted under 343.7.0, and the prices for pieces in the Presorted 
price mailing are based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the 
level of tray or container to which they are sorted under 343.5.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise 10.2.1j as follows:]
    j. The bundles from each separate mailing must be sorted together 
into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.2.3 and 
10.2.4 or on pallets (copalletized) under 10.2.5 using presort software 
that is PAVE-certified.
* * * * *
    [Revise 10.2.1m as follows:]
    m. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays 
or alternate containers.

10.2.2 Bundle Preparation

    Bundles must be prepared as follows:
    [Revise the first sentence of 10.2.2a as follows:]
    a. Trayed mailings. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 10.2.3 as follows:]

10.2.3 Traying Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules

    When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is 
specified for a tray or alternate container sortation level in 10.2.4, 
the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.
    [Revise title of 10.2.4 as follows:]

10.2.4 Tray Preparation and Labeling

    Mailers must prepare trays or alternate containers in the following 
manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed in trays 
or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4e as described 
below. Mailers must prepare all merged 5-digit scheme trays or 
alternate containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate 
containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers that are 
possible in the mailing based on the volume of mail to the destination 
using L001 and the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State 
Product. Mailers must label trays or alternate containers according to 
the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 345.4.0, Tray 
Labels.
* * * * *
    [Revise the third through sixth sentences of the opening paragraph 
of 10.2.4b as follows:]
    b. * * * When preparation of this tray or alternate container level 
is permitted, a tray or container must be prepared if there are any 
carrier route bundle(s) for the scheme. If there is not at least one 
carrier route bundle for any 5-digit destination in the scheme, 
preparation of this tray or alternate container is required when there 
are at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces in 5-digit bundles for 
any of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in the scheme that have an ``A'' or ``C'' 
indicator in the City State Product (smaller volume not permitted). For 
a 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme with a ``B'' or ``D'' indicator in 
the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate container(s) for 
the automation and Presorted bundles under 10.2.4g and 10.2.4h. For 5-
digit ZIP Codes not included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate 
containers under 10.2.4d through 10.2.4h. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph of 10.2.4e as follows:]
    e. 5-digit carrier routes, required. Tray or containerize only 
carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code remaining after preparing 
trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4d to this 
level. May contain only carrier route bundles for any 5-digit ZIP Code 
that is not part of a scheme listed in L001 and that has a ``B'' or 
``D'' indicator in the City State Product. No tray or container 
minimum. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 10.2.4h as follows:]
    h. 3-digit through mixed ADC trays or alternate containers. Any 5-
digit scheme and 5-digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or 
alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4g, and all 3-digit, 
ADC, and Mixed ADC bundles, must be trayed or containerized and labeled 
according to the applicable requirements under 9.3 for cotraying of 
automation and Presorted bundles, except if there are no automation 
bundles in the mailing job, tray or container and label under 345.5.7, 
or, if there are no Presorted bundles in the mailing job, tray or 
containerize and label under 345.7.4.3.

10.2.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    * * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
    i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation 
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
    [Revise 10.2.5i1 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of 11.0 as follows:]

11.0 Combining Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Bundles

* * * * *

11.2 Periodicals

11.2.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.1 
as follows:]
    * * * Mailing jobs (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0) 
prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit scheme bundle 
preparation must be trayed or placed in authorized alternate containers 
under 9.0 or 10.0 or palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles 
are subject to the following conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 11.2.1b as follows:]
    b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the 
basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
* * * * *

11.2.3 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.3 
as follows:]
    * * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are trayed, 
placed in approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as 
follows:
    [Revise 11.2.3a and b as follows:]
    a. Place low-volume 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in only 5-digit 
scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that 
contain at least 24 pieces; or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate 
containers; or on merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme, merged 5-
digit, 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets, as appropriate.
    b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme and 3-digit scheme bundles in 
only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers 
that contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or 
alternate containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.

[[Page 13752]]

11.3 Standard Mail

11.3.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the fourth sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.3.1 
as follows:]
    * * * Mailing jobs prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit 
scheme bundle preparation (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0) 
must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers under 10.0, or 
palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to the 
following conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 11.3.1b as follows:]
    b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the 
basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.
* * * * *

11.4 Bound Printed Matter

11.4.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *
    [Revise 11.4.1c as follows:]
    c. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed or combined in approved 
alternate containers under 9.0 or palletized under 8.0.
* * * * *

12.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using a 5% Threshold

12.1 Periodicals

12.1.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *
    [Revise 12.1.1g as follows:]
    g. Portions of the mailing job that cannot be palletized must be 
prepared in trays or approved alternate containers.
* * * * *

12.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

* * * * *
    [Revise 12.1.5c as follows:]
    c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for flats that meet the dimension, 
weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0 
(including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or 
alternate containers.
* * * * *

12.2 Standard Mail

* * * * *

12.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    * * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
    i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation 
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
    [Revise 12.2.4i1 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *

13.0 Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using the City State Product 
and a 5% Threshold

13.1 Periodicals

* * * * *

13.1.5 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 13.1.5c as 
follows:]
    c. 5-digit scheme, not permitted for flats that meet the dimension, 
weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0 
(including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or 
alternate containers. * * *
* * * * *

13.2 Standard Mail

* * * * *

13.2.4 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    * * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 
information listed below and under 8.6.
* * * * *
    i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation 
price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:
    [Revise 13.2.4i1 as follows:]
    1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.
* * * * *

21.0 Optional Combined Parcel Mailings

* * * * *

21.3 Mail Preparation

21.3.1 Basic Standards

    Prepare combined mailings as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 21.3.1b as follows:]
    b. Mailers must prepare all parcels in trays, approved alternate 
containers or sacks under 445.5.0, or on pallets, or in pallet boxes 
under 8.0 to achieve the finest level of sortation.

21.3.2 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services 
Machinable Parcels and NFMs 6 Ounces or More

    Prepare and enter combined machinable parcels as shown in the table 
below:
    [Revise the NDC/ASF and Mixed NDC rows under the Origin and DNDC 
Entry options only in table 21.3.2 as follows:]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Entry                     5 Digit/scheme\1\        NDC/ASF (Required)      Mixed NDC (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin...............................  * * *                    Trays or alternate       Trays or alternate
                                                                 containers--10-piece     containers--No
                                                                 or 20-lb minimum.        minimum.
                                                                Pallets--250-lb minimum  Pallets--250-lb
                                                                                          minimum.
DNDC.................................  * * *                    Trays or alternate
                                                                 containers--10-piece
                                                                 or 20-lb minimum.
                                                                Pallets--100-lb
                                                                 minimum.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

21.3.3 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services 
Parcels and NFMs 2 Up to 6 Ounces (APPS-Machinable)

    Prepare and enter combined APPS-machinable parcels (pieces weighing 
at least 2 ounces and up to, but not including, 6 ounces that are not 
tubes, rolls, triangles or similarly irregularly-shaped parcels) as 
shown in the table below.
    [Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin, 
DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.3 as follows:]

[[Page 13753]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 5-Digit/scheme                                                     Mixed ADC
             Entry                     \1\         3-Digit  (required)      ADC  (Required)        (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     Trays or alternate     Trays or
                                                   containers--10-piece   containers--10-piece   alternate
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.      or 20-lb minimum.      containers--No
                                                  Pallets--250-lb        Pallets--250-lb         minimum.
                                                   minimum                minimum.              Pallets--250-lb
                                                                                                 minimum.
DNDC..........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     Trays or alternate     ................
                                                   containers--10-piece   containers--10-piece
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.      or 20-lb minimum
                                                  Pallets--100-lb        Pallets--100-lb
                                                   minimum.               minimum.
 
DSCF..........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     .....................  ................
                                                   containers--10-piece
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.
                                                  Pallets--100-lb
                                                   minimum.
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

21.3.4 Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services 
Irregular Parcels and NFMs Under 2 Ounces (Not APPS-Machinable)

    Prepare and enter combined not APPS-machinable parcels as shown in 
the table below.
    [Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin, 
DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.4 as follows:]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 5-Digit/scheme                                                     Mixed ADC
             Entry                     \1\         3-Digit  (required)      ADC  (Required)        (Required)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              COMBINED PREPARATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     Trays or alternate     Trays or
                                                   containers--10-piece   containers--10-piece   alternate
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.      or 20-lb minimum.      containers--No
                                                  Pallets--250-lb        Pallets--250-lb         minimum.
                                                   minimum.               minimum.              Pallets--250-lb
                                                                                                 minimum.
DNDC..........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     Trays or alternate     ................
                                                   containers--10-piece   containers--10-piece
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.      or 20-lb minimum.
                                                  Pallets--100-lb        Pallets--100-lb
                                                   minimum.               minimum.
 
DSCF..........................  * * *             Trays or alternate     .....................  ................
                                                   containers--10-piece
                                                   or 20-lb minimum.
                                                  Pallets--100-lb
                                                   minimum.
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

23.0 Full-Service Option

23.1 Description

    [Revise the third sentence of 23.1 as follows:]
    * * * Full-service automation mailings require Intelligent Mail 
barcodes on mailpieces; Intelligent Mail tray labels on trays or 
approved alternate containers; and Intelligent Mail container placards 
on pallets or similar containers (when created). * * *
* * * * *

23.2 Eligibility Standards

    All pieces entered under the full-service automation option must:
* * * * *
    [Revise 23.2b as follows:]
    b. Be part of a mailing using unique Intelligent Mail tray labels 
on all trays and approved alternate containers.
* * * * *

23.3 Preparation

* * * * *

23.3.2 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels

    [Revise 23.3.2 as follows:]
    All trays and approved alternate containers must contain accurately 
encoded Intelligent Mail tray labels as described in 708.6.5. Mailing 
documentation, when required, must associate each mailpiece to a 
corresponding tray or alternate containers if applicable, as described 
in 22.3.4. Each tray or alternate container must be encoded with a 
unique serial number. Tray or alternate container serial numbers 
associated to an individual Mailer ID cannot be duplicated within a 45-
day period, regardless of the acceptance location.

23.3.3 Intelligent Mail Container Placards

    [Revise the third sentence of 23.3.3 as follows:]
    * * * Mailing documentation, when required, must associate each 
mailpiece (and tray or approved alternate container, if applicable) to 
a corresponding container as described in 22.3.4, unless otherwise 
authorized by the USPS. * * *

23.3.4 Electronic Documentation

    [Revise the second sentence of 23.3.4 as follows:]
    * * * Unless otherwise authorized, documentation must describe how 
each mailpiece is linked to a uniquely identified tray or sack, if 
applicable, and how each mailpiece and tray or approved alternate 
container is linked to

[[Page 13754]]

a uniquely identified container (if applicable). * * *
* * * * *

23.4 Additional Standards

* * * * *

23.4.3 Special Standards--Small Volume Mailings

    [Revise the last sentence of 23.4.3 as follows:]
    * * * Unique mailing serial numbers must be populated in the Postal 
Wizard entry screen field or in the Mail.XML messages, except that 
mailers must populate the serial number field of all Intelligent Mail 
tray labels, and Intelligent Mail container barcodes (when mailings are 
containerized) with the unique mailing serial number.

707 Periodicals

* * * * *

2.0 Price Application and Computation

2.1 Price Application

* * * * *

2.1.3 Applying In-County Piece Prices

    [Revise the last sentence of 2.1.3 as follows:]
    * * * Piece prices for automation mailings are based on the bundle 
level (or tray level for unbundled pieces in trays); piece prices for 
nonautomation mailings are based on the tray level.
* * * * *

2.1.9 Applying Outside-County Container Prices

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 2.1.9 
as follows:]
    For Outside-County mail prepared in letter trays, pallets, flat 
trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, or USPS-approved 
containers, mailers pay the container price according to the type of 
container, the presort level of the container, and where the mail is 
entered. * * * The following additional standards apply:
    [Revise items 21.9a through c as follows:]
    a. For mailings prepared in letter trays, flat trays, sacks or 
approved alternate containers, mailers pay the container price for each 
tray or container based on container level and entry.
    b. For mailings prepared on pallets under 705.8.0:
    1. For bundles placed directly on pallets, mailers pay the 
container price for each pallet.
    2. For letter trays, flat trays, sacks or approved alternate 
containers on pallets, mailers pay the container price for each tray or 
container, and not for the pallets. The container price for each tray 
or alternate container is based on the tray or alternate container 
level and where the pallet is entered.
    c. For containers with both In-County and Outside-County pieces, 
mailers do not pay the container price for carrier route, 5-digit 
carrier routes, and 5-digit/scheme pallets, trays or alternate 
containers.
* * * * *

12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Eligibility

* * * * *

12.2 Prices--Outside-County

    Outside-County nonbarcoded (Presorted) prices are based on the 
following criteria (see 2.0 for price application and computation):
* * * * *
    [Revise 12.2c as follows:]
    c. Container prices are based on the type of container (letter 
tray, flat tray, sack, alternate container, or pallet), the level of 
sortation of the container, and where the container is entered.

12.3 Prices--In-County

12.3.1 Five-Digit Prices

    5-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Revise 12.3.1b as follows:]
    b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles and 5-
digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each; placed in 
applicable merged 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate 
containers, merged 5-digit flat trays or alternate containers, 5-digit 
scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit flat trays 
or alternate containers; or palletized under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 
705.12.0, or 705.13.0.

12.3.2 Three-Digit Prices

    3-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Revise 12.3.2b as follows:]
    b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007), 5-digit, 3-digit 
scheme (L008) and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, 
placed in 3-digit flat trays or alternate containers; or 3-digit 
scheme, and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, 
prepared under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
* * * * *

13.0 Carrier Route Eligibility

* * * * *

13.2 Sorting

13.2.1 Basic Standards

    * * * Carrier route prices apply to copies that are prepared in 
carrier route bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, subject to 
these standards:
* * * * *
    b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier route prices apply to carrier 
route bundles that are sorted in one of the following ways:
    [Revise 13.2.1b2 and b3 as follows:]
    2. Bundles in carrier route, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit 
carrier routes flat trays or alternate containers, or 3-digit carrier 
routes flat trays or alternate containers under 23.0. Flat trays or 
alternate containers may be palletized under 705.8.0.
    3. Untrayed bundles entered at a destination delivery unit 
according to preparation standards in 23.4.2 and entry standards in 
29.5.5.
* * * * *

13.3 Walk-Sequence Prices

* * * * *

13.3.2 Copies Claimed at Other Prices

    [Revise the second sentence of 13.3.2 as follows:]
    * * * When presented to the USPS, the trays or alternate containers 
containing the walk-sequence price copies must be separated from other 
trays or containers. * * *
* * * * *

14.0 Barcoded (Automation) Eligibility

* * * * *

14.3 Prices--Outside-County

    Outside-County barcoded (automation) prices are based on the 
following criteria (see 2.0 for price application and computation):
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.3c as follows:]
    c. Container prices are based on the type of container (tray, 
alternate container or pallet), the level of sortation of the 
container, and where the container is entered.
* * * * *

18.0 General Mail Preparation

* * * * *

18.3 Presort Terms

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 18.3e and f as follows:]
    e. 5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or alternate containers) for 
flats prepared according to 301.3.0: The ZIP

[[Page 13755]]

Code in the delivery address on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP 
Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L007.
    f. 5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or alternate 
containers) for Periodicals flats and irregular parcels: The ZIP Code 
in the delivery address on all pieces in carrier route bundles is one 
of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as 
shown in L001.
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.3h as follows:]
    h. Merged 5-digit trays: the carrier route bundles and/or 
machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles in a flat tray 
or alternate container are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' 
or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City 
State Product.
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.3j as follows:]
    j. Merged 5-digit scheme tray: the 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in 
carrier route bundles and/or machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 
5-digit bundles in a flat tray or alternate container are all for 5-
digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001, and 
the machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles also are 
for 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the 
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.
* * * * *

18.4 Mail Preparation Terms

    For purposes of preparing mail:
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.4e as follows:]
    e. An approved alternate container is a container that is 
authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray 
(tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size 
mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other 
USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.4j as follows:]
    j. A 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort for carrier route price 
Periodicals flats and irregular parcels (nonletters) prepared as 
bundles in flat trays or alternate containers, or on pallets yields a 
5-digit scheme carrier routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or 
pallet for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier 
routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or pallet for other areas. 
The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as a single presort 
destination subject to a single minimum tray, container or pallet 
volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. Flat 
trays, alternate containers or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme 
carrier routes destination that contain carrier route bundles for only 
one of the schemed 5-digit areas are still considered to be sorted to 
5-digit scheme carrier routes and are labeled accordingly. The 5-digit 
scheme carrier routes sort is required for carrier route bundles of 
flat-size and irregular parcel Periodicals. Preparation of 5-digit 
scheme carrier routes flat trays, alternate containers or pallets must 
be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.4l as follows:]
    l. A merged 5-digit sort for Periodicals flats prepared in flat 
trays or alternate containers yields merged 5-digit flat trays or 
alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and/or 
machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles that are all 
for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the 
Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product. The merged 5-
digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats. Flat trays or alternate 
containers prepared for a merged 5-digit destination that contain only 
a single price level of bundles or that contain only two price levels 
of bundles are still considered to be merged 5-digit sorted and are 
labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit trays or 
alternate containers is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit ZIP 
Code destinations with an ``A'' or ``C'' indicator in the Carrier Route 
Indicators field in the City State Product.
    [Revise the second sentence of 18.4m as follows:]
    m. * * * The merged 5-digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats 
in flat trays or alternate containers under 705.10.0. * * *
    [Revise 18.4n as follows:]
    n. A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Periodicals flats prepared in 
flat trays or alternate containers yields merged 5-digit scheme trays 
or alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and 
machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles for those 5-
digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001. Flat 
trays or alternate containers prepared for a merged 5-digit scheme 
destination that contain only a single price level of bundles, or only 
two price levels of bundles, or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-
digit ZIP Codes are still considered to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted 
and must be labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit 
scheme trays or alternate containers is performed, it must be done for 
all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.
* * * * *
    [Revise 18.4r as follows:]
    r. An origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme) tray/alternate 
container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP 
Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service 
area the mail is verified. A separate tray/alternate container may be 
prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area. When these 
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets 
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the 
mailing as described in 28.3.
    [Revise 18.4s as follows:]
    s. An origin/entry SCF flat tray or alternate container contains 
all 5-digit and 3-digit bundles (regardless of quantity) for the SCF in 
whose service area the mail is verified. At the mailer's option, such a 
tray or container may be prepared for the SCF area of each entry Post 
Office. This presort level applies only to nonletter-size Periodicals 
prepared in flat trays or alternate containers. . When these 
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets 
labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the 
mailing as described in 28.3.
* * * * *
    [Add a new 18.5 as follows:]

18.5 Required Pallet Preparation

    Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the 
minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable 
to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled 
flat trays or approved alternate containers.

19.0 Bundles

* * * * *

19.6 Flat-Size Bundles

    Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to 
the following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 19.6b as follows:]
    b. If placed in flat trays or alternate containers, the specific 
weight and height limits in 19.8.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 19.8 as 
follows:]

19.8 Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers

    In addition to the standards in 19.4, mailers must prepare and 
secure

[[Page 13756]]

bundles placed in flat trays or alternate containers as follows:
* * * * *

19.10 Pieces With Simplified Addresses

    [Revise the third sentence of 19.10 as follows:]
    * * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight 
limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, specific weight and height 
limits in 19.8 for Periodicals placed in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers, and specific thickness limits in 19.5 for cards 
and letter-size pieces.
* * * * *

19.12 Address Visibility

    * * * This standard does not apply to the following:
    [Revise items 19.12a and b as follows:]
    a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat 
trays, alternate containers or pallets.
    b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes flat 
trays or alternate containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 20.0 as follows:]

20.0 Trays and Alternate Containers

20.1 Basic Standards

20.1.1 General

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 20.1.1 
as follows:]
    Mailings must be prepared in letter trays, flat trays, or bundled 
and placed directly on pallets or in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers as shown in Exhibit 20.1.1 and under other applicable 
standards in this section. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the USPS Container method column for the Flat-size, parcels 
row only to replace the word ``sack'' in Exhibit 20.1.1 as follows:]

                                         Exhibit 20.1.1 USPS Containers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Processing category                                        USPS container
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals:
    * * *                                       * * *
    Flat-size, parcels........................  Flat tray or alternate container.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *
    [Delete current sections 20.1.5, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme; 
20.1.6, flats and Irregular Parcels--Origin/Entry SCF Sacks; and 
20.1.7, Flats and Irregular Parcels--Origin Mixed ADC Sacks, in their 
entirety.]
* * * * *
    [Renumber 20.3 through 20.4.2 as the new 20.4 through 20.5.2 and 
add a new 20.3 as follows:]

20.3 Flat Tray Usage

    When using flat trays in lieu of palletizing or optionally traying 
under 22.7 and 25.5, mailers must prepare mailpieces in flat trays with 
green lids.
    Flat tray sizes are as follows:
    a. Inside bottom dimensions: 14-3/4 inches long by 10-3/4 inches 
wide.
    b. Height: 8 inches to bottom of handhold, 11-1/4 inches to top of 
tray.
    [Revise title and text of renumbered 20.4 as follows:]

20.4 Flat Tray or Container Preparation

    If mailers are unable to palletize, flat-size and parcel mailings 
must be placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers except 
when permitted under other applicable standards in this section. All 
tray or container preparation is subject to these standards:
    a. Each tray or container must bear the correct tray label.
    b. The weight of a tray or container and its content must not 
exceed 70 pounds
    [Revise title of renumbered 20.5 as follows:]

20.5 Standards for Optional Use of Flat Trays

20.5.1 General

    [Revise renumbered 20.5.1 as follows:]
    Mailers may optionally prepare machinable flat-size pieces in flat 
trays, under 22.7 and 25.5, instead of preparing these pieces in 
bundles.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 21.0 as follows:]

21.0 Tray Labels

21.1 Basic Standards

21.1.1 General

    [Revise 21.1.1 as follows:]
    Tray labels are subject to the following:
    a. Use 2-inch labels for trays or approved alternate containers.
    b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels 
(available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed 
labels are acceptable.
    c. Tray labels for automation price mailings are subject to 21.4 
and 708.6.0.
    d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate 
containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5, and to the 
specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.
* * * * *

21.1.2 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise 21.1.2 c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate 
containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left 
to right, ``APO'' or ``FPO,'' followed by ``AE'' (for ZIP Codes within 
the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), ``AA'' (for ZIP Codes within the 3-
digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or ``AP'' (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP 
Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP 
Code of the mail in the tray or container.
* * * * *

21.1.3 Line 2 (Content Line)

    Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:
    [Revise the second sentence of 21.1.3a as follows:]
    a. * * * This line must show the class and processing category of 
the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as 
specified by standards. * * *
* * * * *
    [Delete 21.2, Sack Labels, in its entirety, and renumber current 
21.3 and 21.4 as the new 21.2 and 21.3.]
* * * * *

[[Page 13757]]

21.2 Tray Labels

21.2.1 Placement

    [Revise the second sentence of renumbered 21.2.1 as follows:]
    * * * If no specific location is indicated, place the label 
securely in an adhesive-backed label holder affixed horizontally to the 
top left corner of one end of the tray, for letter trays; and the lower 
left corner, for flat trays. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title and the text of the introductory sentence of 
renumbered 21.3 as follows:]

21.3 Use of Barcoded Tray Labels

    Exhibit 21.3 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray 
labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 21.3d and e as follows:]
    d. Mailers must insert barcoded labels completely into the label 
holder on the tray or alternate container to prevent their loss during 
transport and processing.
    e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and 
alternate containers for mailings entered under the full-service 
Intelligent Mail automation option.
    [Revise the Price or Type column only for the second line under 
Periodicals to replace the word ``cosacked'' with ``cotrayed'' in 
exhibit 21.3 as follows:]


               Exhibit 21.3 Required Barcoded Tray Labels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Price or type                     Processing category
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodicals:
* * *                                    * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0     * * *
 through 705.13.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

22.0 Preparing Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Periodicals

22.1 Basic Standards

22.1.1 General

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 22.1.1 as follows:]
    For letter-size mail, nonletter-size mail prepared in flat trays or 
approved alternate containers, and palletized mail, the following 
standards apply:
* * * * *
    [Revise items 22.1.1c through e as follows:]
    c. Nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 22.2 and placed on 
pallets. Bundles placed on pallets must meet additional bundling 
criteria under 705.8.0.
    d. When unable to palletize, bundles of nonletter-size pieces must 
be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers (except 
under 23.4.2) under one of the following:
    1. Trayed under 22.6, except that a nonbarcoded price mailing that 
is part of a mailing job that also contains a barcoded mailing must be 
trayed as described in 22.1.2.
    2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
    e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 22.6, 
may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 22.1.2 as follows:]

22.1.2 Additional Standards for Nonletter-Size Unpalletized Mailing 
Jobs Containing More Than One Mailing

    The following standards apply:
    [Revise the first sentence of 22.1.2a as follows:]
    a. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers 
that are part of a mailing job that includes a carrier route, barcoded 
price, and nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under one of the 
options listed below. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise items 22.1.2b through d as follows:]
    b. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers 
that are part of a mailing job that includes a barcoded price and 
nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under the cotraying 
standards in 705.9.0.
    c. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier 
route mailing and a nonbarcoded price mailing may be prepared 
separately, or may be prepared using the merged traying option under 
705.10.0.
    d. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier 
route mailing and a barcoded price mailing may be prepared separately 
under 23.0 and 25.0, or may be prepared using the merged traying option 
under 705.10.0.
* * * * *

22.1.4 Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route, 
Barcoded Price, and Nonbarcoded Price Mail

    [Revise the first sentence of 22.1.4 as follows:]
    Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonbarcoded price 5-
digit bundles prepared under 22.1 and 22.2 are cotrayed with carrier 
route bundles prepared under 23.0 and with barcoded price 5-digit 
bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate 
containers and in merged 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or alternate 
containers. * * *
* * * * *

22.4 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.4 as 
follows:]
    * * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared 
in flat trays, approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as 
follows:
    [Revise 22.4a as follows:]
    a. Place bundles in only 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or 
alternate containers hat contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry 
SCF trays or containers, as appropriate.
* * * * *

22.5 Tray Preparation--Letter-Size Pieces

    [Revise the introductory paragraph only of 22.5 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 22.6 as 
follows:]

22.6 Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Pieces and Parcels

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also contain a barcoded 
price mailing, see 22.1.2 and 705.9.0 or 705.10.0. For other mailing 
jobs, preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *

[[Page 13758]]

22.7 Optional Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Nonbarcoded Pieces

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.7and 
add a new second sentence as follows:]
    As an option, mailers may place unbundled machinable flat-size 
pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 20.4). 
Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as 
described in 28.3. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 22.8 as follows:]

22.8 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. 
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume 
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers as shown in items a through c below. Preparation sequence 
and labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when these 
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays as described in 
28.3; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column B, L002
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS 3D NON BC
    b. Local Surface Transport (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``OMX'' followed by L201, Column C information for the 
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS NON BC.''
    c. Extended Surface Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS NON BC.''

23.0 Preparing Carrier Route Periodicals

23.1 Basic Standards

23.1.1 General

    Mailers must meet the following standards for carrier route 
mailings:
    [Revise items 23.1.1c through e as follows:]
    c. Generally nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 23.2 and 
placed on pallets under 705.8.0.
    d. Except as noted in 23.4.2, mailers must palletize bundles of 
nonletter-size pieces, or place bundles in flat trays or approved 
alternate containers, according to one of the following:
    1. Tray or containerize under 23.4, or under 705.10.1 if eligible 
to be cotrayed with barcoded price and nonbarcoded price Periodicals 
pieces.
    2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.
    e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 23.4, 
may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.
* * * * *

23.1.4 Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route and 
Machinable Barcoded and Nonbarcoded Price Mail

    [Revise the second sentence of 23.1.4 as follows:]
    * * * Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route 
bundles prepared under 23.1 and 23.2.3 are cotrayed with machinable 
nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 22.0 and with 
machinable barcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged 
5-digit trays or containers and merged 5-digit scheme trays or 
containers. * * *
* * * * *

23.3 Preparation--Letter-Size Pieces

23.3.1 Basic Preparation

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 23.3.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *

23.4 Preparation--Flat-Size Pieces and Irregular Parcels

    [Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 23.4.1 as follows:]

23.4.1 Tray Preparation

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the opening paragraph only of 23.4.1d as follows:]
    d. 3-digit carrier routes, required with one six-piece bundle.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph on 23.4.2 as 
follows:]

23.4.2 Exception to Containerization

    Containerization is not required for carrier route or 5-digit 
bundles prepared for and entered at a DDU when the mailer unloads 
bundles under 29.5.5. Mail presented under this exception is not 
subject to the container charge (but is still subject to the bundle 
charge). Mailers must prepare uncontainerized bundles as follows:
* * * * *

23.6 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 23.6 as 
follows:]
    * * * Low-volume carrier route bundles are permitted only when they 
are prepared on pallets, placed in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers as follows:
    [Revise 23.6a as follows:]
    a. Place bundles in only 5-digit scheme carrier routes and 5-digit 
carrier routes trays or containers that contain at least 24 pieces, or 
3-digit carrier routes or merged 3-digit trays or containers that 
contain at least one six-piece carrier route bundle.
* * * * *

23.7 Multi-Box Section Bundles--Optional Preparation

    A mailer may combine individual copies of Periodicals for Post 
Office box sections into a multi-box section bundle or bundles of 
copies to the same 5-digit ZIP Code under these conditions:
* * * * *
    [Revise 23.7f as follows:]
    f. Bundles must be placed in existing carrier-route, 5-Digit 
scheme, or 5-Digit carrier routes trays or containers.
* * * * *

24.0 Preparing Letter-Size Barcoded (Automation) Periodicals

* * * * *

24.2 Additional Standards

24.2.1 Preparing Barcoded Price Letters

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 24.2.1 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:
* * * * *

25.0 Preparing Flat-Size Barcoded (Automation) Periodicals

25.1 Basic Standards

25.1.1 General

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 25.11 as follows:]
    Each piece must meet the physical standards in 301.3.0 or in 26.0. 
Bundle, tray or container preparation is subject to 18.0 through 21.0 
and this section. Trays or containers must bear the appropriate 
barcoded container labels under 708.6.0. Pieces may be prepared in 
bundles that are not placed on

[[Page 13759]]

pallets, or in trays or other containers, only as provided in 23.4.2.
* * * * *
    [Revise title and text of 25.1.6.7]

25.1.6 Flat Tray and Container Preparation

    Mailers may combine bundles of pieces prepared under 301.3.0 and 
bundles of pieces prepared under 26.0 in the same flat tray or approved 
alternate container, with the exception of 5-digit scheme sacks, which 
may contain only pieces prepared under 301.3.0.
* * * * *

25.1.8 Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces

    [Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 25.1.8 
as follows:]
    * * * These low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are 
trayed or prepared on pallets under these conditions:
    [Revise 25.1.8a as follows:]
    a. Place 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 5-
digit, 3-digit, and SCF flat trays or alternate containers, as 
appropriate, that contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged 3-digit flat 
trays or alternate containers that contain at least one six-piece 
carrier route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF flat trays or alternate 
containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise 25.1.8c as follows:]
    c. Place 5-digit scheme and 3-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit 
scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or approved alternate containers, as 
appropriate, that contain at least 24 pieces, or in merged 3-digit 
trays or alternate containers that contain at least one six-piece 
carrier route bundle, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate 
containers.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 25.1.9 as follows:]

25.1.9 Cotraying and Cobundling With Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route Mail

    The following standards apply (except as provided in 25.1.7):
* * * * *
    [Revise items 25.1.9b and c as follows:]
    b. If the mailing job contains a machinable barcoded and 
nonbarcoded price mailing, then it must be prepared under the cotraying 
standards in 705.9.0. Machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price pieces 
may be cobundled under the standards in 705.11.0.
    c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a 
machinable barcoded price mailing, then it must be separately trayed 
under 23.0 and 25.0 or prepared using the merged tray option under 
705.10.0.

25.1.10 Merged Containerization With Nonbarcoded and Carrier Route 
Flats

    [Revise 25.1.10 as follows:]
    When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-
digit bundles of machinable barcoded, machinable nonbarcoded, and 
carrier route mail that are part of the same mailing job may be 
combined on merged 5-digit scheme flat trays, approved alternate 
containers or pallets and merged 5-digit flat trays, approved alternate 
containers or pallets. Bundles that are cotrayed or copalletized must 
be part of the same mailing job and mail class. Machinable barcoded 
pieces may be cobundled with machinable nonbarcoded pieces under 
705.11.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 25.4 as 
follows:]

25.4 Traying and Labeling

    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also contain a machinable 
nonbarcoded price mailing, see 25.1.9 and 705.9.0. Other mailing jobs 
are prepared, trayed and labeled as follows:
* * * * *

25.5 Optional Tray Preparation--Flat-Size Barcoded Pieces

    [Add a new first sentence and revise the new second sentence of the 
introductory paragraph of 25.5 as follows:]
    Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF 
as described in 28.3. As an option, mailers may place unbundled 
machinable flat-size pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats 
trays. * * *
* * * * *
    [Add a new 25.6 as follows:]

25.6 Containerization--Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling

    For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 
705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. 
Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume 
mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate 
containers as shown in items a through c below. Preparation sequence 
and labeling:
    a. Origin-Entry 3 Digit (optional); no minimum; when these 
separations are made, mailers must segregate trays as described in 
28.3; labeling:
    1. Line 1: Column B, L002
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS 3D BC
    b. Local Surface Transport (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``OMX'' followed by L201, Column C information for the 
facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS BC.
    c. Extended Surface Network (required); no minimum; labeling:
    1. Line 1: ``MXD'' followed by L009, Column B for the facility 
serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS'' FLTS BC.
* * * * *

27.0 Combining Multiple Editions or Publications

* * * * *

27.3 Minimum Volume

    The following minimum volume standards apply:
    [Revise 27.3a as follows:]
    a. For comailings prepared under 27.1a, multiple publications or 
editions are combined to meet the required minimum volume per bundle, 
tray or container for the price claimed.
* * * * *

28.0 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *
    [Revise 28.0 by renumbering current items 28.3 and 28.4 as the new 
28.4 and 28.5 and add a new 28.3 as follows:]

28.3 Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces

    Mailers may optionally separate origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit 
(scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) 
trays, containers or bundles destinating in the service area of the SCF 
serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area 
of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. When making such separations, 
mailpieces must be prepared in accordance with 22.0 through 25.0 and 
segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate 
the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize 
the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin 
SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance 
personnel.
* * * * *

29.0 Destination Entry

29.1 Basic Standards

29.1.1 Price Application

    Periodicals may qualify for destination entry prices under 29.3

[[Page 13760]]

through 29.5. The following standards apply:
    [Revise 29.11a as follows:]
    a. An individual bundle, tray, or pallet may contain pieces claimed 
at different destination entry pound prices.
* * * * *

29.1.2 Documentation

    [Revise the first sentence of 29.12 as follows:]
    Subject to 708.1.0, the mailer must be able to show compliance with 
eligibility requirements (by bundle, tray, or pallet), and list the 
number of addressed pieces by presort level for each 5-digit and 3-
digit ZIP Code destination as appropriate for the prices and discounts 
claimed.
* * * * *

29.4 Destination Sectional Center Facility

* * * * *

29.4.2 Price Eligibility

    Determine price eligibility as follows:
    a. Pound Prices. * * * Nonletter-size pieces are also eligible when 
the mailer deposits 5-digit bundles at the destination delivery unit 
(DDU) (the facility where the carrier cases mail for delivery to the 
addresses on the pieces) and the 5-digit bundles are in or on the 
following types of containers:
    [Revise 29.4.2a1 as follows:]
    1. A merged 5-digit scheme or merged 5-digit tray or container.
* * * * *

708 Technical Specifications

1.0 Standardized Documentation for First-Class Mail, Periodicals, 
Standard Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed Matter

* * * * *

1.2 Format and Content

    For First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Bound Printed 
Matter, standardized documentation includes:
* * * * *
    c. For mail in trays or approved alternate containers, list these 
required elements:
    [Revise 1.2c1 and c2 as follows:]
    1. Tray/alternate container sortation level. Note with an asterisk 
(``*'') all trays containing overflow mail moved into that tray under 
235.6.6, 245.5.3 or 245.7.5.
    2. Tray/alternate container destination ZIP Code from top line of 
tray/container label except that, for 3-digit carrier routes trays, 
list the individual 5-digit ZIP Codes in each tray.
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 1.2c4 as follows:]
    4. Separate columns with the number of pieces for each price 
reported in the mailing, and a continuous running total of pieces for 
each mailing (group information either in ZIP Code order and by 
sortation level or by sortation level and within each sortation level, 
by ZIP Code; report trays and alternate containers on pallets by pallet 
level and destination; include all information required in 1.2c for 
mail in trays or alternate containers). * * *
    [Revise 1.2c5 as follows:]
    5. The tray identification number and size (1-foot or 2-foot) if 
available for letter mail in trays. The tray identification number is 
optional for unbundled automation flats placed in flat trays.
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.2c7 as follows:]
    7. For Periodicals mailings that contain both In-County and 
Outside-County pieces, the listing may include a separate ``Container 
Charge'' and ``Bundle Charge'' column. Indicate which trays, alternate 
containers, and bundles are subject to the container or bundle charges 
and a total or a running total.
* * * * *
    e. * * * For Periodicals mailings, documentation also must provide:
* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentences of items 1.2e2 and e3 as follows:]
    2. * * * Report only trays, approved alternate containers, and 
pallets subject to the Outside-County container prices under 707.1.1.4.
    3. * * * Report only bundles, trays, approved alternate containers, 
and pallets subject to the Outside-County bundle and container prices.
* * * * *

1.5 Combined, Copalletized, and Merged Mailings

    For combined or copalletized mailings of Periodicals and Standard 
Mail prepared under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0, 
documentation must show this additional information:
    a. For mailings that require multiple postage statements:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.5a2 as follows:]
    2. Prices for each product or edition shown in the correct 
``Price'' column and summarized for each tray, approved alternate 
container, or pallet and for the entire mailing.
* * * * *

1.8 Optional Information

    [Revise 1.8 as follows:]
    Standardized documentation may include additional information about 
the pieces mailed (such as individual tray, approved alternate 
container, or sack total piece counts, optional identification codes, 
bundle weights) if this information does not conflict with the 
information required under 1.2 through 1.7.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.0 as follows:]

6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels and Container Placards

6.1 General

    [Revise title and text of 6.1.1 as follows:]

6.1.1 Tray Labels

    Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 6.5) and barcoded tray labels are 
the USPS-approved methods to encode routing, content, origin, and 
mailer information on trays, approved alternate containers and sacks. 
Intelligent Mail tray labels are designed for use with Intelligent Mail 
barcoded mail and have the capacity to provide unique identification 
throughout postal processing.
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.2 as follows:]

6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray Labels

6.2.1 Use

    [Revise 6.2.1 as follows:]
    Exhibit 6.2.1 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray 
labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:
    a. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 6.0.
    b. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. 
Alterations to preprinted barcoded labels (e.g., handwritten changes) 
may not be made.
    c. Labels must be inserted completely into the label holder on the 
tray or alternate container to prevent their loss during transport and 
processing.
    [Revise Exhibit 6.2.1 by inserting two new rows above First-Class 
Mail to add reference to Express and Priority Mail O&D, and revise the 
``Price or Type'' descriptions within Periodicals and Standard Mail as 
follows:]

          Exhibit 6.2.1--Required Barcoded Tray and Sack Labels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Price or type                     Processing category
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Express Mail Open & Distribute............  Any.
 
                                * * * * *
Periodicals

[[Page 13761]]

 
 
                                * * * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.90         Flat-size.
 through 705.13.0.
 
                                * * * * *
Standard Mail
 
                                * * * * *
Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0        Flat-size.
 through 705.13.0.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.2.2 Line 1 (Destination Line)

    The destination line must meet these standards:
    [Revise the first two sentences of 6.2.2a as follows:]
    a. Placement. The destination line must be the top line of the 
label, placed in the position shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a (above the 
barcode). An exception is that one line of extraneous information may 
appear above the destination line on tray labels as provided in 6.3.2, 
and 6.3.2f. * * *
    [Renumber and re-title current Exhibit 6.2.2a as follows:]

Exhibit 6.2.2 Barcoded Tray Labels

* * * * *
    [Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]
    b. Information. The destination line must contain only the 
information required by the applicable standards for the class, 
processing category, sortation level of the tray, approved alternate 
container or sack, and the prices claimed. This information is 
contained in the labeling lists for all sortation and price levels 
except trays, alternate containers or sacks to carrier route, 5-digit 
carrier routes, merged 5-digit, and 5-digit destinations, and except 
for automation letter trays to 5-digit scheme destinations. For the 
destination line of carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes, merged 5-
digit, and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, the city, two-
letter state abbreviation, and 5-digit ZIP Code of the destination 5-
digit ZIP Code area must be shown. For 5-digit scheme trays, the city, 
two-letter state abbreviation, and ZIP Code for the destination scheme 
must be obtained from the City State Product. The destination line may 
contain abbreviated city and state information if such abbreviations 
are those in the City State Product.
    [Delete current Exhibit 6.2.2b, Barcoded 1-Inch Sack Labels, in its 
entirety.]
    [Revise the second and fifth sentences of 6.2.2c as follows:]
    c. Overseas Military Mail. The exact content identifier number 
(CIN) that matches the level of tray or alternate container must be 
used in the barcode and barcode numeric line on barcoded tray labels. * 
* * A footnote at the end of the content line information means that 
the mailer must add appropriate information when ordering and printing 
tray labels. * * *

6.2.3 Line 2 (Content Line)

    The content line must meet these standards:
    [Revise the third sentence of 6.2.3a as follows:]
    a. * * * This line must show the class, processing category, and 
the sortation level of the tray or alternate container as required by 
the applicable standards for the mailing. * * *
* * * * *

6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.2.4 as follows:]
    The exact content identifier number (CIN) that matches the level of 
tray, approved alternate container or sack must be used in the barcode 
and barcode numeric line on barcoded tray labels. The required second 
line of information that corresponds to the CIN must appear on the 
human-readable content line of the label. The human-readable content 
line is automatically printed when labels are obtained through the 
PASSPORT system or ordered on Form 1578-B for printing at the Label 
Printing Center in Topeka, Kansas. A footnote at the end of the content 
line information means that the mailer must add appropriate information 
when ordering and printing tray labels. Any mailer using PASSPORT to 
order labels must also add the appropriate additional information to 
the human-readable content line for those content lines marked with a 
footnote. See Exhibit 6.2.4.

Exhibit 6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers

    [Revise text of ``Class and Mailing'' and ``Human Readable Content 
Line'' for Express and Priority Mail of Exhibit 6.2.4 as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Human-readable content
       Class and mailing             CIN                 line
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Express Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open & Distribute, all                   143  EXPRESS O&D.
 container & sack levels.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Priority Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open & Distribute, all                   165  PRIORITY O&D.
 container & sack levels.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [Revise the ``Class and Mailing'' column only for Exhibit 6.2.4 for 
the following mail classes (CIN codes are shown for comparison):]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Human-readable content
       Class and mailing             CIN                 line
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            First-Class Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              * * * * * * *
FCM Parcels--Presorted:
 
    5-digit scheme containers,           289  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    5-digit containers trays &           289  * * *
     sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          290  * * *

[[Page 13762]]

 
    ADC containers or trays....          291  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              292  * * *
     trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Periodicals (PER)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              * * * * * * *
PER Flats--Carrier Route:
 
    car. rt. containers or               387  * * *
     trays--saturation.
    car. rt. containers or               388  * * *
     trays--high density.
    car. rt. containers or               385  * * *
     trays--basic.
    5-digit carrier routes               386  * * *
     containers or trays.
    5-digit scheme car. rts.             371  * * *
     containers or trays.
    3-digit carrier routes               351  * * *
     containers.
 
PER Flats--Barcoded:
 
    5-digit containers or trays          372  * * *
    5-digit scheme containers            372  * * *
     or trays.
    3-digit containers or trays          373  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          377  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          374  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              375  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          381  * * *
     or trays.
 
PER Flats--Nonbarcoded:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            378  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          378  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          379  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          384  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          380  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              382  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          381  * * *
     or trays.
 
[Revise the section title as
 follows:]
 
PER Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
 and Nonbarcoded:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            321  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          321  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          322  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          329  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          331  * * *
    Mixed ADC containers or              332  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          381  * * *
     or trays.
 
PER Flats--Merged Carrier
 Route, Barcoded, and
 Nonbarcoded:
 
    merged 5-digit containers            339  * * *
     or trays.
    merged 5-digit scheme                349  * * *
     containers or trays.
    merged 3-digit containers            352  * * *
     or trays.
 
PER Irregular Parcels--Merged
 Carrier Route and Presorted:
 
    merged 5-digit containers,           340  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    merged 3-digit containers            354  * * *
     or trays.
    merged 5-digit scheme                365  * * *
     containers or trays.
 
PER Irregular Parcels--Carrier
 Route:
 
    saturation containers,               397  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    high density containers,             398  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    basic containers, trays &            395  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit carrier routes               396  * * *
     containers, trays & sacks.
    5-digit scheme car. rts.             399  * * *
     containers or trays.
    3-digit carriers routes              355  * * *
     containers or trays.
 
PER Irregular Parcels--
 Presorted:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          389  * * *
     sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          390  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          394  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          391  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              392  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          363  * * *
     or trays.
 
                              * * * * * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Periodicals (NEWS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              * * * * * * *
NEWS Flats--Carrier Route:
 
    car. rt. containers or               487  * * *
     trays--saturation.

[[Page 13763]]

 
    car. rt. containers or               488  * * *
     trays--high density.
    car. rt. containers or               485  * * *
     trays--basic.
    5-digit carrier routes               486  * * *
     containers or trays.
    5-digit scheme car. rts.             471  * * *
     containers or trays.
    3-digit carrier routes               451  * * *
     containers or trays.
 
NEWS Flats--Barcoded:
 
    5-digit containers or trays          472  * * *
    5-digit scheme containers            472  * * *
     or trays.
    3-digit containers or trays          473  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          477  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          474  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              475  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          481  * * *
     or trays.
 
NEWS Flats--Nonbarcoded:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            478  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          478  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          479  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          484  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          480  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              482  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          481  * * *
     or trays.
 
[Revise the section title as
 follows:]
 
NEWS Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
 and Nonbarcoded:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            421  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          421  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          422  * * *
    SCF and origin/entry                 429  * * *
     containers or trays.
    ADC containers or trays....          431  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              432  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          481  * * *
     or trays.
 
NEWS Flats--Merged Carrier
 Route, Barcoded, and
 Nonbarcoded:
 
    merged 5-digit.............          439  * * *
    merged 5-digit scheme......          449  * * *
    merged 3-digit sacks.......          452  * * *
 
NEWS Irregular Parcels--Merged
 Carrier Route and Presorted:
 
    merged 5-digit.............          440  * * *
    merged 5-digit scheme......          465  * * *
    merged 3-digit containers            454  * * *
     or trays.
 
NEWS Irregular Parcels--Carrier
 Route:
 
    saturation containers or             497  * * *
     trays.
    high density containers or           498  * * *
     trays.
    basic containers or trays..          495  * * *
    5-digit carrier routes               496  * * *
     containers or trays.
    5-digit scheme carrier               499  * * *
     routes containers or trays.
    3-digit carrier routes               455  * * *
     containers or trays.
 
NEWS Irregular Parcels--
 Presorted:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          489  * * *
     sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          490  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          494  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          491  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              492  * * *
     trays.
    origin mixed ADC containers          463  * * *
     or trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Standard Mail
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                              * * * * * * *
Enhanced Carrier Route Flats--
 Nonautomation:
 
    saturation containers or             587  * * *
     trays.
    high density containers or           588  * * *
     trays.
    basic containers or trays..          589  * * *
    5-digit carrier routes               586  * * *
     containers or trays.
    5-digit scheme carrier               529  * * *
     routes containers or trays.
 
[Revise the section title as
 follows:]
 
STD Flats--Cotrayed Automation
 and Nonautomation:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            521  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          521  * * *
    3-digit and origin/entry 3-          522  * * *
     digit containers or trays.
    ADC containers or trays....          531  * * *

[[Page 13764]]

 
    mixed ADC containers or              532  * * *
     trays.
 
                              * * * * * * *
STD Flats--Automation:
 
    5-digit containers or trays          572  * * *
    5-digit scheme containers            572  * * *
     or trays.
    3-digit containers or trays          573  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          574  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              575  * * *
     trays.
 
STD Flats--Nonautomation:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            578  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          578  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          579  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          580  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              582  * * *
     trays.
 
Customized MarketMail (CMM):
 
    CMM letter trays...........          206  * * *
    CMM flat trays.............          207  * * *
    CMM alternate containers...          205  * * *
 
[Delete sections describing STD
 Not Flat-Machinable Pieces,
 under 6 ounces and over 6
 ounces in their entirety.
 Resume with ECR Irregular
 Parcels--Nonautomation as
 follows:]
 
ECR Irregular Parcels--
 Nonautomation:
 
    saturation containers,               599  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    high density containers,             600  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    basic containers, trays &            601  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit carrier routes               598  * * *
     containers, trays & sacks.
 
STD Irregular Parcels--
 Presorted:
 
    5-digit scheme containers,           590  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    5-digit containers, trays &          596  * * *
     sacks.
    SCF containers or trays....          571  * * *
    ASF containers or trays....          570  * * *
    mixed NDC containers or              594  * * *
     trays.
 
STD Machinable Parcels--
 Presorted:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          670  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           670  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    ASF containers or trays....          672  * * *
    NDC containers or trays....          673  * * *
    Mixed NDC containers or              674  * * *
     trays.
 
STD Machinable and Irregular
 Parcels--Presorted:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          603  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           603  * * *
     trays & sacks.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Package Services
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrier Route BPM--Flats:
 
    carrier route containers or          657  * * *
     trays.
    5-digit scheme carrier               659  * * *
     routes containers or trays.
    5-digit carrier routes               658  * * *
     containers or trays.
 
Presorted BPM--Flats:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            649  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          649  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          650  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          654  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          651  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              653  * * *
     trays.
 
Presorted BPM--Automation
 Flats:
 
    5-digit containers or trays          635  * * *
    5-digit scheme containers            635  * * *
     or trays.
    3-digit containers or trays          636  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          637  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          638  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              639  * * *
     trays.
 
[Revise section title as
 follows:]:
 
BPM Flats--Cotrayed Barcoded
 and Presorted:
 
    5-digit scheme containers            648  * * *
     or trays.
    5-digit containers or trays          648  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          661  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          667  * * *

[[Page 13765]]

 
    ADC containers or trays....          668  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              669  * * *
     trays.
 
Carrier Route BPM--Irregular
 Parcels:
 
    carrier route containers,            697  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    5-digit carrier routes               698  * * *
     containers, trays & sacks.
    5-digit scheme carrier               698  * * *
     routes containers, trays &
     sacks.
 
Presorted BPM--Irregular
 Parcels:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          690  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           690  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          691  * * *
    SCF containers or trays....          696  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          692  * * *
    Mixed ADC containers or              694  * * *
     trays.
 
Carrier Route BPM--Machinable
 Parcels:
 
    carrier route containers,            687  * * *
     trays & sacks.
 
Presorted BPM--Machinable
 Parcels:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          680  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           680  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    ASF containers or trays....          682  * * *
    NDC containers or trays....          683  * * *
    mixed NDC containers or              684  * * *
     trays.
 
Media Mail and Library Mail
 Flats--Presorted:
 
    5-digit containers or trays          649  * * *
    3-digit containers or trays          650  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          651  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              653  * * *
     trays.
 
Media Mail and Library Mail
 Irregular Parcels--Presorted:
 
    5-digit scheme containers,           690  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    5-digit containers, trays &          690  * * *
     sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          691  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          692  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              694  * * *
     trays.
 
Media Mail and Library Mail
 Machinable Parcels--Presorted:
 
    5-digit scheme containers,           680  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    5-digit containers, trays &          680  * * *
     sacks.
    3-digit containers or trays          682  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          683  * * *
    mixed ADC containers or              684  * * *
     trays.
 
Parcel Select Machinable
 Parcels:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          680  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           680  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    ASF containers or trays....          682  * * *
    NDC containers or trays....          683  * * *
    mixed NDC containers or              684  * * *
     trays.
 
Parcel Select DSCF and DDU
 Prices:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          688  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           688  * * *
     trays & sacks.
 
Parcel Select--Irregular
 (Nonmachinable) Parcels:
 
    3-digit containers or trays          691  * * *
 
Combined Package Services,
 Parcel Select, and Standard
 Machinable Parcels:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          688  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           688  * * *
     trays & sacks.
 
Combined Package Services,
 Parcel Select, and Standard
 Machinable Parcels:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          660  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           660  * * *
     trays & sacks.
    ASF containers or trays....          662  * * *
    NDC containers or trays....          663  * * *
    mixed NDC containers or              664  * * *
     trays.
 
Combined Package Services,
 Parcel Select, and Standard--
 All Parcels and Not Flat-
 Machinable pieces:
 
    5-digit containers, trays &          603  * * *
     sacks.
    5-digit scheme containers,           603  * * *
     trays & sacks.
 
[Revise section title as
 follows:]
 
Combined Package Services,
 Parcel, and Standard--
 Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz
 (APPS-machinable):
 
    3-digit containers or trays          501  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          502  * * *

[[Page 13766]]

 
    mixed ADC containers or              506  * * *
     trays.
 
[Revise section title as
 follows:]
 
Combined PSVC & STD--Irregular
 Parcels less than 2 oz, and
 tubes and rolls (not APPS-
 machinable):
 
    3-digit containers or trays          591  * * *
    ADC containers or trays....          592  * * *
    Mixed ADC containers or              594  * * *
     trays.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

     [Revise Exhibit 6.2.4 footnote #1 as follows:]
    1. This information must be followed by a one-letter carrier route 
type description, followed by a 3-digit route number for the route to 
which the container, tray or sack is destined. At the mailer's option, 
one space is permitted between the type description and route number.
* * * * *

6.2.5 Line 3 (Origin Line)

    [Revise the first sentence of 6.2.5 as follows:]
    The origin line must appear below the content line in a location 
appropriate for a tray, approved alternative container, or sack as 
shown in Exhibit 6.2.2a. * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]

6.3 Additional Standards--Barcoded Tray Labels

6.3.1 Paper Stock, Size, and Color

    [Revise the introductory sentence of 6.3.1 as follows:]
    Barcoded tray labels must meet these specifications:
* * * * *

6.3.3 Barcode

    The label barcode must meet these specifications:
* * * * *
    b. Information. The barcode must represent three numeric elements:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of item b3 and delete the second 
sentence in its entirety to remove reference to optional placement of 
processing codes on sack labels as follows:]
    3. A 2-digit USPS processing code on all tray labels. * * *
* * * * *
    [Delete items 6.4 through 6.4.3 in their entirety to remove 
reference to use of 1-inch sack labels and renumber current 6.5 and 6.6 
as new 6.4 and 6.5 as follows]

6.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Labels

6.4.1 Definition

    [Revise the first three sentences of 6.4.1 as follows:]
    Intelligent Mail tray labels are 2-inch labels used on trays and 
approved alternate containers to provide unique identification within 
postal processing. 24-digit Intelligent Mail tray labels include only a 
24 digit barcode printed in International Symbology Specification (ISS) 
Code 128 subset C symbology (see Exhibit 6.4.3). To facilitate the 
transition from 10-digit tray labels to 24-digit barcoded Intelligent 
Mail tray labels, an optional transitional label is also available. * * 
*
* * * * *

6.4.2 Transitional Intelligent Mail Tray Label Format

    The general format for Intelligent Mail tray labels are as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.4.2b as follows:]
    b. Tray or alternate container presort destination (postal 
destination name).
* * * * *

6.4.3 24-Digit Intelligent Mail Tray Label

    [Revise the first sentence of 6.4.3 as follows:]
    Intelligent Mail tray labels, printed in the 24-digit format, can 
be used on all trays and approved alternative containers to uniquely 
identify each tray or alternate container in addition to each mailer or 
mail preparer. * * *
* * * * *

6.4.4 Intelligent Mail Tray Label Format

    The core data elements for the Intelligent Mail tray label are as 
follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 6.4.4b as follows:]
    b. Tray or alternate container presort destination (postal 
destination name).
* * * * *

6.4.6 Unique Serial Number

    [Revise 6.4.6 as follows:]
    The Intelligent Mail tray barcode can encode a unique identifier 
for each tray or alternate container.
* * * * *

Indexes and Appendices

* * * * *

Labeling Lists

L000 General Use

L001 5-Digit Scheme--Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Package Services 
Flats and Irregular Parcels

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of L001 as follows:]
    L001 describes the 5-digit scheme sort list for pallets, flat trays 
or approved alternate containers of Periodicals, Standard Mail, and 
Package Services flats and irregular parcels destined for multiple 5-
digit ZIP Codes served by a single delivery unit. When the 5-digit 
scheme sort is used, mail for the 5-digit ZIP Codes shown in Column A 
must be combined on pallets or in trays (or alternate containers) as 
follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise item c of L001 as follows:]
    c. Merged 5-digit scheme or 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or 
alternate containers labeled to the corresponding destination shown in 
Column B.
* * * * *

L002 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix Matrix

    L002 lists every 3-digit Zip Code prefix for mail destined to 3-
digit, 3-digit scheme, and sectional center facility (SCF) destinations 
as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise items a through c of L002 as follows:]
    a. 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix: Use this column to find a 3-digit ZIP 
Code prefix. Those prefixes indicated by an N have been designated as 
3-digit ZIP Codes for which the preparation of a 3-digit flat tray or 
approved alternate container is optional, and for which the preparation 
of the optional 3-digit pallet is prohibited.
    b. Column A, 3-Digit Destinations: Use this information for Line 1 
on 3-digit pallet or container placards (subject to the standards for 
the rate

[[Page 13767]]

claimed). Unique 3-digit cities are indicated by a U.
    c. Column B, 3-Digit/Scheme Destinations: Use this information for 
Line 1 on 3-digit or 3-digit scheme pallet or container placards 
(subject to the standards for the price claimed). Line 2 of pallet or 
container placards for destinations indicated by an S must include 
either ``SCHEME'' or the specific information shown (3-digit groups by 
scheme group, where applicable, are shown in L003).
* * * * *

L009 Mixed ADCs--Periodicals, Package Services Flats and Irregular 
Parcels and Standard Mail Flats

    [Revise the introductory sentence of L009 as follows:]
    Mailers must use L009 to label mixed ADC bundles, flat trays or 
approved alternate containers of Periodicals, Standard Mail, Bound 
Printed Matter, Media Mail, and Library Mail flats. Mailers also must 
use L009 to label mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers of 
Periodicals irregular parcels and Bound Printer Matter irregular 
parcels.
* * * * *

L010 NDC/ASF Entry--Standard Mail Letters and Package Services 
Irregular Parcels

    [Revise the last sentence of the first paragraph in the preamble 
and the entire second paragraph as follows:]
    * * * L010 indicates the label destination (Column B) for mixed 
flat trays or approved alternate containers of Package Services 
irregular parcels placed on ASF or NDC pallets.
    Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate 
containers of automation price Periodicals and Standard Mail flats and 
barcoded Bound Printed Matter flats.
* * * * *

L011 Non-NDC/ASF Entry--Periodicals and Standard Mail Letters

* * * * *
    [Revise the second paragraph of the preamble of L011 as follows:]
    Use L009 when labeling mixed ADC bundles, flat trays or approved 
alternate containers and sacks of automation price Periodicals and 
Standard Mail flats and barcoded Bound Printed Matter flats.
* * * * *

L200 Periodicals and First-Class Mail

L201 Periodicals Origin Split and First-Class Mail Mixed ADC/AADC

    [Revise the introductory paragraph of L201as follows:]
    L201 describes the First-Class Mail surface transportation reach of 
an origin facility for use in preparing bundles, flat trays or approved 
alternate containers of Periodicals mail (including Periodicals labeled 
``news'') and in preparation of First-Class Mail mixed pallets or 
similar containers.
    For Periodicals addressed to destinations within the First-Class 
Mail surface reach of the origin facility, mailers must use L201 to 
prepare mixed origin ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers to 
enable integration of this volume into the First-Class Mail mailstream. 
Label bundles, trays or alternate containers of mail originating in the 
3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column A for delivery to 3-digit ZIP Code 
destinations listed in Column B using the corresponding city, state, 
and ZIP Code information in Column C. Use L009 for the preparation of 
mixed ADC bundles, trays or alternate containers for any remaining 
pieces addressed to 3-digit ZIP Code destinations not listed in Column 
B.
    For First-Class Mail letters, flats, and parcels originating in the 
3-digit entry ZIP Code in Column A, label trays or alternate containers 
to the corresponding destination in Column C. Use ``MXD'' instead of 
``OMX.'' Ignore Column B.
* * * * *

L600 Standard Mail and Package Services

L601 Network Distribution Centers (NDCs)

    L601 describes the service area by individual 3-digit ZIP Code 
prefix for sorting mail to NDC destinations. Use this list for:
* * * * *
    [Revise item b of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
    b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, flat trays or approved 
alternate containers on pallets.
* * * * *
    [Revise item d of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
    d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat trays or alternate containers 
on pallets.
* * * * *
    [Revise item f of the introductory paragraph of L601 as follows:]
    f. Presorted Media Mail and Presorted Library Mail to NDC 
destinations. For labeling mixed NDC flat trays, alternate containers 
and pallets, mailers must add ``MXD'' before the Column B information 
of the NDC serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of the Post Office at 
which the mail is entered.
* * * * *

L602 ASFs

    L602 describes the service area by individual 3-digit ZIP Code 
prefix for Standard Mail and Package Services mail that must be sorted 
to ASFs. Use this list for:
* * * * *
    [Revise item b of the introductory paragraph of L602 as follows:]
    b. Standard Mail bundles, letter trays, flat trays or approved 
alternate containers on pallets.
* * * * *
    [Revise item d of the introductory paragraph of L602 as follows:]
    d. Bound Printed Matter bundles, flat trays or alternate containers 
on pallets.
* * * * *

L606 5-Digit Scheme--Standard Mail, First-Class Mail, and Package 
Services Parcels

* * * * *
    [Revise the last sentence of the second paragraph in the preamble 
of L606 as follows:]
    * * * When used, all parcels for the 5-digit ZIP Codes shown in 
Column A must be combined in a 5-digit scheme sack(s), flat tray(s), 
approved alternate container(s), or on a 5-digit scheme pallet(s) 
labeled to the corresponding destination shown in Column B.
* * * * *
    We will publish an appropriate amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to 
reflect these changes if our proposal is adopted.

Stanley F. Mires,
Chief Counsel, Legislative.
[FR Doc. 2011-5273 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7710-12-P


</pre><script data-cfasync="false" src="/cdn-cgi/scripts/5c5dd728/cloudflare-static/email-decode.min.js"></script></body>
</html>